xref: /sqlite-3.40.0/src/pager.c (revision fb32c44e)
1 /*
2 ** 2001 September 15
3 **
4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
6 **
7 **    May you do good and not evil.
8 **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
9 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
10 **
11 *************************************************************************
12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
13 **
14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
16 ** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
19 ** another is writing.
20 */
21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
22 #include "sqliteInt.h"
23 #include "wal.h"
24 
25 
26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
27 **
28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
29 ** journal.  These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
31 **
32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
36 **
37 ** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
39 **
40 **     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
41 **          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
42 **          synced.
43 **
44 **     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
45 **
46 **     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
47 **          the database file at the start of the transaction.
48 **
49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
50 **     following are true:
51 **
52 **     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
53 **
54 **     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
55 **         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
56 **         number consists of a single page change.
57 **
58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
59 **     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
60 **     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
61 **     transaction.
62 **
63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
64 **     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
65 **
66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
67 **     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
68 **     first 100 bytes of the database file.
69 **
70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
71 **     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
72 **
73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
74 **     are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
75 **
76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
78 ** all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
80 ** of the database.
81 **
82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
83 **     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
84 **     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
85 **     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
86 **
87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
88 **     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
89 **     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
90 **     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
91 **     invoke it.)
92 **
93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
94 **     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
95 **     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
96 **     database to flush their caches.
97 **
98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
99 **      than one billion transactions.
100 **
101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
102 **      of every transaction.
103 **
104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
105 **      the database file.
106 **
107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
108 **      content out of the database file.
109 **
110 ******************************************************************************/
111 
112 /*
113 ** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
114 */
115 #if 0
116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
118 #define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
119 #else
120 #define PAGERTRACE(X)
121 #endif
122 
123 /*
124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
125 ** to print out file-descriptors.
126 **
127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
129 ** struct as its argument.
130 */
131 #define PAGERID(p) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(p->fd))
132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(fd))
133 
134 /*
135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
137 ** state diagram.
138 **
139 **                            OPEN <------+------+
140 **                              |         |      |
141 **                              V         |      |
142 **               +---------> READER-------+      |
143 **               |              |                |
144 **               |              V                |
145 **               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
146 **               |              |                ^
147 **               |              V                |
148 **               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
149 **               |              |                |
150 **               |              V                |
151 **               |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
152 **               |              |                |
153 **               |              V                |
154 **               +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
155 **
156 **
157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
158 **
159 **   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
160 **   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
161 **
162 **   READER            -> WRITER_LOCKED       [sqlite3PagerBegin]
163 **   WRITER_LOCKED     -> WRITER_CACHEMOD     [pager_open_journal]
164 **   WRITER_CACHEMOD   -> WRITER_DBMOD        [syncJournal]
165 **   WRITER_DBMOD      -> WRITER_FINISHED     [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
166 **   WRITER_***        -> READER              [pager_end_transaction]
167 **
168 **   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
169 **   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
170 **
171 **
172 **  OPEN:
173 **
174 **    The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
175 **    state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
176 **    unknown. The database may not be read or written.
177 **
178 **    * No read or write transaction is active.
179 **    * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
180 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
181 **
182 **  READER:
183 **
184 **    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
185 **    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
186 **    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
187 **    open. The database size is known in this state.
188 **
189 **    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
190 **    it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
191 **    OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
192 **    running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
193 **    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
194 **    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
195 **    is via the ERROR state (see below).
196 **
197 **    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
198 **    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
199 **    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
200 **      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
201 **      may not be trusted at this point.
202 **    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
203 **    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
204 **      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
205 **
206 **  WRITER_LOCKED:
207 **
208 **    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
209 **    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
210 **    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
211 **    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
212 **
213 **    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
214 **    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
215 **    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
216 **    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
217 **    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
218 **    file.
219 **
220 **    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
221 **    If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
222 **    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
223 **
224 **    * A write transaction is active.
225 **    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
226 **      lock is held on the database file.
227 **    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
228 **      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
229 **      called).
230 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
231 **    * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
232 **    * The journal file may or may not be open.
233 **    * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
234 **
235 **  WRITER_CACHEMOD:
236 **
237 **    A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
238 **    first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
239 **    is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
240 **    start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
241 **
242 **    * A write transaction is active.
243 **    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
244 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
245 **      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
246 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
247 **
248 **  WRITER_DBMOD:
249 **
250 **    The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
251 **    when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
252 **    never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
253 **    just the log file).
254 **
255 **    * A write transaction is active.
256 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
257 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
258 **      and synced to disk.
259 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
260 **      written to disk).
261 **
262 **  WRITER_FINISHED:
263 **
264 **    It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
265 **
266 **    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
267 **    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
268 **    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
269 **    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
270 **    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
271 **    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
272 **
273 **    * A write transaction is active.
274 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
275 **    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
276 **      If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
277 **      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
278 **      to rollback the transaction.
279 **
280 **  ERROR:
281 **
282 **    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
283 **    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
284 **    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
285 **    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
286 **
287 **    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
288 **    cannot.
289 **
290 **    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
291 **    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
292 **    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
293 **    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
294 **    report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
295 **    they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
296 **    file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
297 **    instead of READER following such an error.
298 **
299 **    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
300 **    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
301 **    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
302 **    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
303 **    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
304 **    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
305 **    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
306 **    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
307 **    from the error.
308 **
309 **    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
310 **
311 **      1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
312 **         function sqlite3PagerRollback().
313 **
314 **      2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
315 **         following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
316 **
317 **      3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
318 **         database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
319 **         memory.
320 **
321 **    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
322 **    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
323 **    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
324 **
325 **    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
326 **    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
327 **    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
328 **    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
329 **    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
330 **    state.
331 **
332 **    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
333 **    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
334 **      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
335 **    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
336 **
337 **
338 ** Notes:
339 **
340 **   * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
341 **     connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
342 **     of the first four states.
343 **
344 **   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
345 **     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
346 **     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
347 **     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
348 **
349 **   * See also: assert_pager_state().
350 */
351 #define PAGER_OPEN                  0
352 #define PAGER_READER                1
353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED         2
354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD       3
355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD          4
356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED       5
357 #define PAGER_ERROR                 6
358 
359 /*
360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
365 **
366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
374 **
375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
378 **
379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
385 ** of hot-journal detection.
386 **
387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
393 ** without rolling it back.
394 **
395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
403 **
404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
405 ** PAGER_OPEN state.
406 */
407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
408 
409 /*
410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
411 */
412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
414     if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
416     if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
417     if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
418 #else
419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E)   /* NO-OP */
420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
421 #endif
422 
423 /*
424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
428 */
429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
430 
431 
432 /*
433 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
434 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
435 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
436 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
437 **
438 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
439 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
440 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
441 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
442 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
443 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
444 */
445 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
446 struct PagerSavepoint {
447   i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
448   i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
449   Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
450   Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
451   Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
452 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
453   u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA];        /* WAL savepoint context */
454 #endif
455 };
456 
457 /*
458 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag.  See further description below.
459 */
460 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF         0x01 /* Never spill cache.  Set via pragma */
461 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK    0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
462 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC      0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */
463 
464 /*
465 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
466 ** some of the more important member variables follows:
467 **
468 ** eState
469 **
470 **   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
471 **   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
472 **
473 ** eLock
474 **
475 **   For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
476 **   NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
477 **
478 **   For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
479 **   locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
480 **   databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
481 **   logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
482 **   need (and no reason to release them).
483 **
484 **   In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
485 **   UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
486 **   details.
487 **
488 ** changeCountDone
489 **
490 **   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
491 **   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
492 **   not updated more often than necessary.
493 **
494 **   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
495 **   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
496 **   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
497 **   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
498 **   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
499 **   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
500 **
501 **   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
502 **   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
503 **   committed.
504 **
505 ** setMaster
506 **
507 **   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
508 **   (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the
509 **   journal file before it is synced to disk.
510 **
511 **   Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects
512 **   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
513 **   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
514 **   If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
515 **   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
516 **   it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
517 **   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
518 **   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
519 **
520 **   Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
521 **   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
522 **   master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
523 **   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
524 **
525 **   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
526 **   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
527 **   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
528 **   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
529 **
530 ** doNotSpill
531 **
532 **   This variables control the behavior of cache-spills  (calls made by
533 **   the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
534 **   to the file-system in order to free up memory).
535 **
536 **   When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
537 **   writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
538 **   The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
539 **   comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
540 **   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
541 **   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().  The SPILLFLAG_OFF
542 **   case is a user preference.
543 **
544 **   If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from
545 **   pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not.
546 **   This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size
547 **   is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync
548 **   from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
549 **
550 ** subjInMemory
551 **
552 **   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
553 **   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
554 **   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
555 **
556 **   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
557 **   write-transaction is opened.
558 **
559 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
560 **
561 **   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
562 **   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
563 **   OPEN and ERROR).
564 **
565 **   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
566 **   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
567 **   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
568 **   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
569 **   dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
570 **   Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
571 **   to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
572 **   to dbSize==1).
573 **
574 **   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
575 **   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
576 **   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
577 **   dbSize is updated.
578 **
579 **   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
580 **   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
581 **   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
582 **   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
583 **   being modified.
584 **
585 **   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
586 **   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
587 **   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
588 **   to write or truncate the database file on disk.
589 **
590 **   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
591 **   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
592 **   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
593 **   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
594 **   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
595 **   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
596 **   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
597 **   pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
598 **   a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
599 **   pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
600 **
601 ** dbHintSize
602 **
603 **   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
604 **   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
605 **
606 **   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
607 **   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
608 **   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
609 **   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
610 **   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
611 **   details.
612 **
613 ** errCode
614 **
615 **   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
616 **   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
617 **   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
618 **   sub-codes.
619 **
620 ** syncFlags, walSyncFlags
621 **
622 **   syncFlags is either SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL (0x02) or SQLITE_SYNC_FULL (0x03).
623 **   syncFlags is used for rollback mode.  walSyncFlags is used for WAL mode
624 **   and contains the flags used to sync the checkpoint operations in the
625 **   lower two bits, and sync flags used for transaction commits in the WAL
626 **   file in bits 0x04 and 0x08.  In other words, to get the correct sync flags
627 **   for checkpoint operations, use (walSyncFlags&0x03) and to get the correct
628 **   sync flags for transaction commit, use ((walSyncFlags>>2)&0x03).  Note
629 **   that with synchronous=NORMAL in WAL mode, transaction commit is not synced
630 **   meaning that the 0x04 and 0x08 bits are both zero.
631 */
632 struct Pager {
633   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
634   u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
635   u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
636   u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
637   u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
638   u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
639   u8 extraSync;               /* sync directory after journal delete */
640   u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
641   u8 walSyncFlags;            /* See description above */
642   u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
643   u8 noLock;                  /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
644   u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
645   u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
646 
647   /**************************************************************************
648   ** The following block contains those class members that change during
649   ** routine operation.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
650   ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
651   ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
652   ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
653   ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
654   ** "configuration" of the pager.
655   */
656   u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
657   u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
658   u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
659   u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
660   u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
661   u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
662   u8 bUseFetch;               /* True to use xFetch() */
663   u8 hasHeldSharedLock;       /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */
664   Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
665   Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
666   Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
667   Pgno dbHintSize;            /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
668   int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
669   int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
670   u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
671   u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
672   Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
673   sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
674   sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
675   sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
676   i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
677   i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
678   sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
679   PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
680   int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
681   u32 iDataVersion;           /* Changes whenever database content changes */
682   char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
683 
684   int nMmapOut;               /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
685   sqlite3_int64 szMmap;       /* Desired maximum mmap size */
686   PgHdr *pMmapFreelist;       /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
687   /*
688   ** End of the routinely-changing class members
689   ***************************************************************************/
690 
691   u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
692   i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
693   u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
694   u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
695   int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
696   Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
697   i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
698   char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
699   char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
700   int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
701   void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
702   int aStat[4];               /* Total cache hits, misses, writes, spills */
703 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
704   int nRead;                  /* Database pages read */
705 #endif
706   void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
707   int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */
708 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
709   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
710   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
711   void (*xCodecFree)(void*);             /* Destructor for the codec */
712   void *pCodec;               /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
713 #endif
714   char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
715   PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
716 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
717   Wal *pWal;                  /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
718   char *zWal;                 /* File name for write-ahead log */
719 #endif
720 };
721 
722 /*
723 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
724 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
725 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
726 */
727 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
728 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS  1
729 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
730 #define PAGER_STAT_SPILL 3
731 
732 /*
733 ** The following global variables hold counters used for
734 ** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
735 ** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
736 */
737 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
738 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
739 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
740 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
741 # define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
742 #else
743 # define PAGER_INCR(v)
744 #endif
745 
746 
747 
748 /*
749 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
750 ** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
751 **
752 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
753 ** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
754 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
755 ** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
756 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
757 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
758 ** journal and ignore it.
759 **
760 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
761 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
762 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
763 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
764 ** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
765 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
766 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
767 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
768 ** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
769 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
770 */
771 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
772   0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
773 };
774 
775 /*
776 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
777 ** the following macro.
778 */
779 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
780 
781 /*
782 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
783 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
784 */
785 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
786 
787 /*
788 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
789 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
790 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
791 ** out code that would never execute.
792 */
793 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
794 # define MEMDB 0
795 #else
796 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb
797 #endif
798 
799 /*
800 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
801 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
802 */
803 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
804 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
805 #else
806 # define USEFETCH(x) 0
807 #endif
808 
809 /*
810 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
811 */
812 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
813 
814 /*
815 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
816 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
817 **
818 ** This is so that expressions can be written as:
819 **
820 **   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
821 **
822 ** instead of
823 **
824 **   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
825 */
826 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0)
827 
828 /*
829 ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log to read page pgno.
830 ** Return false if the pager reads pgno directly from the database.
831 */
832 #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) && defined(SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ)
833 int sqlite3PagerUseWal(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
834   u32 iRead = 0;
835   int rc;
836   if( pPager->pWal==0 ) return 0;
837   rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iRead);
838   return rc || iRead;
839 }
840 #endif
841 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
842 # define pagerUseWal(x) ((x)->pWal!=0)
843 #else
844 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0
845 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
846 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
847 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
848 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
849 #endif
850 
851 #ifndef NDEBUG
852 /*
853 ** Usage:
854 **
855 **   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
856 **
857 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
858 ** the internal state of the Pager object.
859 */
860 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
861   Pager *pPager = p;
862 
863   /* State must be valid. */
864   assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
865        || p->eState==PAGER_READER
866        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
867        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
868        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
869        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
870        || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
871   );
872 
873   /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
874   ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
875   ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
876   */
877   assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
878   assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
879 
880   /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
881   ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
882   */
883   assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
884   assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
885 
886   /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
887   ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
888   ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
889   ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
890   ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
891   ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
892   ** state.
893   */
894   if( MEMDB ){
895     assert( !isOpen(p->fd) );
896     assert( p->noSync );
897     assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
898          || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
899     );
900     assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
901     assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
902   }
903 
904   /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
905   ** on the file.
906   */
907   assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
908   assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
909 
910   switch( p->eState ){
911     case PAGER_OPEN:
912       assert( !MEMDB );
913       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
914       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
915       break;
916 
917     case PAGER_READER:
918       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
919       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
920       assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
921       break;
922 
923     case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
924       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
925       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
926       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
927         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
928       }
929       assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
930       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
931       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
932       assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
933       break;
934 
935     case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
936       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
937       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
938       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
939         /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
940         ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
941         ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
942         ** to journal_mode=wal.
943         */
944         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
945         assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
946              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
947              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
948         );
949       }
950       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
951       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
952       break;
953 
954     case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
955       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
956       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
957       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
958       assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
959       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
960            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
961            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
962            || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
963       );
964       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
965       break;
966 
967     case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
968       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
969       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
970       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
971       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
972            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
973            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
974            || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
975       );
976       break;
977 
978     case PAGER_ERROR:
979       /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
980       ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
981       ** back to OPEN state.
982       */
983       assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
984       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pPager->tempFile );
985       break;
986   }
987 
988   return 1;
989 }
990 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
991 
992 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
993 /*
994 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
995 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
996 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
997 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
998 **
999 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
1000 */
1001 static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
1002   static char zRet[1024];
1003 
1004   sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
1005       "Filename:      %s\n"
1006       "State:         %s errCode=%d\n"
1007       "Lock:          %s\n"
1008       "Locking mode:  locking_mode=%s\n"
1009       "Journal mode:  journal_mode=%s\n"
1010       "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
1011       "Journal:       journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
1012       "Size:          dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
1013       , p->zFilename
1014       , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN            ? "OPEN" :
1015         p->eState==PAGER_READER          ? "READER" :
1016         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED   ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
1017         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
1018         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD    ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
1019         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
1020         p->eState==PAGER_ERROR           ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
1021       , (int)p->errCode
1022       , p->eLock==NO_LOCK         ? "NO_LOCK" :
1023         p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK   ? "RESERVED" :
1024         p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
1025         p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK     ? "SHARED" :
1026         p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK    ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
1027       , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
1028       , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   ? "memory" :
1029         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      ? "off" :
1030         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   ? "delete" :
1031         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  ? "persist" :
1032         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
1033         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      ? "wal" : "?error?"
1034       , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
1035       , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
1036       , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
1037   );
1038 
1039   return zRet;
1040 }
1041 #endif
1042 
1043 /* Forward references to the various page getters */
1044 static int getPageNormal(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1045 static int getPageError(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1046 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1047 static int getPageMMap(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1048 #endif
1049 
1050 /*
1051 ** Set the Pager.xGet method for the appropriate routine used to fetch
1052 ** content from the pager.
1053 */
1054 static void setGetterMethod(Pager *pPager){
1055   if( pPager->errCode ){
1056     pPager->xGet = getPageError;
1057 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1058   }else if( USEFETCH(pPager)
1059 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
1060    && pPager->xCodec==0
1061 #endif
1062   ){
1063     pPager->xGet = getPageMMap;
1064 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
1065   }else{
1066     pPager->xGet = getPageNormal;
1067   }
1068 }
1069 
1070 /*
1071 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
1072 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
1073 ** or more open savepoints for which:
1074 **
1075 **   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
1076 **   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
1077 **     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
1078 */
1079 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1080   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1081   PagerSavepoint *p;
1082   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
1083   int i;
1084   for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
1085     p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
1086     if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
1087       return 1;
1088     }
1089   }
1090   return 0;
1091 }
1092 
1093 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
1094 /*
1095 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
1096 */
1097 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){
1098   return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
1099 }
1100 #endif
1101 
1102 /*
1103 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
1104 ** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
1105 ** error code is something goes wrong.
1106 **
1107 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
1108 */
1109 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
1110   unsigned char ac[4];
1111   int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
1112   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
1113     *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
1114   }
1115   return rc;
1116 }
1117 
1118 /*
1119 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
1120 */
1121 #define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
1122 
1123 
1124 /*
1125 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
1126 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
1127 */
1128 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
1129   char ac[4];
1130   put32bits(ac, val);
1131   return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
1132 }
1133 
1134 /*
1135 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
1136 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
1137 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
1138 **
1139 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1140 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
1141 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
1142 */
1143 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1144   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1145 
1146   assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
1147   assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
1148   assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
1149   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
1150     assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
1151     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1152     if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1153       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1154     }
1155     IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1156   }
1157   return rc;
1158 }
1159 
1160 /*
1161 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
1162 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
1163 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
1164 **
1165 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1166 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1167 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
1168 ** of this.
1169 */
1170 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1171   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1172 
1173   assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
1174   if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1175     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1176     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
1177       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1178       IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1179     }
1180   }
1181   return rc;
1182 }
1183 
1184 /*
1185 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write or
1186 ** atomic-batch-write optimizations can be used with this pager. The
1187 ** atomic-write optimization can be used if:
1188 **
1189 **  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
1190 **      a database page may be written atomically, and
1191 **  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
1192 **      to the page size.
1193 **
1194 ** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal
1195 ** file when it contains rollback data for exactly one page.
1196 **
1197 ** The atomic-batch-write optimization can be used if OsDeviceCharacteristics()
1198 ** returns a value with the SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC bit set. -1 is
1199 ** returned in this case.
1200 **
1201 ** If neither optimization can be used, 0 is returned.
1202 */
1203 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
1204   assert( !MEMDB );
1205 
1206 #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \
1207  || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE)
1208   int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
1209 
1210   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
1211   dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
1212 #else
1213   UNUSED_PARAMETER(pPager);
1214 #endif
1215 
1216 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
1217   if( pPager->dbSize>0 && (dc&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) ){
1218     return -1;
1219   }
1220 #endif
1221 
1222 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
1223   {
1224     int nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
1225     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
1226 
1227     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
1228     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
1229     if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
1230       return 0;
1231     }
1232   }
1233 
1234   return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
1235 #endif
1236 
1237   return 0;
1238 }
1239 
1240 /*
1241 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
1242 ** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
1243 ** and debugging only.
1244 */
1245 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1246 /*
1247 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
1248 */
1249 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
1250   u32 hash = 0;
1251   int i;
1252   for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
1253     hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
1254   }
1255   return hash;
1256 }
1257 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1258   return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
1259 }
1260 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1261   pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
1262 }
1263 
1264 /*
1265 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1266 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
1267 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
1268 */
1269 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
1270 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1271   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1272   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1273   assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
1274 }
1275 
1276 #else
1277 #define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
1278 #define pager_pagehash(X)  0
1279 #define pager_set_pagehash(X)
1280 #define CHECK_PAGE(x)
1281 #endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
1282 
1283 /*
1284 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
1285 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the
1286 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
1287 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
1288 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
1289 **
1290 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
1291 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
1292 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
1293 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
1294 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
1295 ** were present in the journal.
1296 **
1297 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
1298 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
1299 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
1300 ** journal file name.
1301 **
1302 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present
1303 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
1304 **
1305 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
1306 ** error code is returned.
1307 */
1308 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
1309   int rc;                    /* Return code */
1310   u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
1311   i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
1312   u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
1313   u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
1314   unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1315   zMaster[0] = '\0';
1316 
1317   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
1318    || szJ<16
1319    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
1320    || len>=nMaster
1321    || len>szJ-16
1322    || len==0
1323    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
1324    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
1325    || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
1326    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
1327   ){
1328     return rc;
1329   }
1330 
1331   /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
1332   for(u=0; u<len; u++){
1333     cksum -= zMaster[u];
1334   }
1335   if( cksum ){
1336     /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
1337     ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
1338     ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
1339     ** master-journal filename.
1340     */
1341     len = 0;
1342   }
1343   zMaster[len] = '\0';
1344 
1345   return SQLITE_OK;
1346 }
1347 
1348 /*
1349 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
1350 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
1351 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
1352 **
1353 ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
1354 **
1355 **   Pager.journalOff          Return value
1356 **   ---------------------------------------
1357 **   0                         0
1358 **   512                       512
1359 **   100                       512
1360 **   2000                      2048
1361 **
1362 */
1363 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
1364   i64 offset = 0;
1365   i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
1366   if( c ){
1367     offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1368   }
1369   assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
1370   assert( offset>=c );
1371   assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
1372   return offset;
1373 }
1374 
1375 /*
1376 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
1377 **
1378 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
1379 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
1380 **
1381 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
1382 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
1383 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
1384 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
1385 ** after writing or truncating it.
1386 **
1387 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
1388 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
1389 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
1390 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
1391 ** not need to be synced following this operation.
1392 **
1393 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
1394 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
1395 */
1396 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
1397   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                               /* Return code */
1398   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1399   assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) );
1400   if( pPager->journalOff ){
1401     const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */
1402 
1403     IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
1404     if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
1405       rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1406     }else{
1407       static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
1408       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
1409     }
1410     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
1411       rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
1412     }
1413 
1414     /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
1415     ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
1416     ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
1417     ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
1418     ** to sync the file following this operation.
1419     */
1420     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
1421       i64 sz;
1422       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
1423       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
1424         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
1425       }
1426     }
1427   }
1428   return rc;
1429 }
1430 
1431 /*
1432 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
1433 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
1434 ** current location.
1435 **
1436 ** The format for the journal header is as follows:
1437 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
1438 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
1439 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
1440 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
1441 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
1442 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
1443 **
1444 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
1445 */
1446 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
1447   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
1448   char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
1449   u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
1450   u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
1451   int ii;                             /* Loop counter */
1452 
1453   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1454 
1455   if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
1456     nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1457   }
1458 
1459   /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
1460   ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
1461   ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
1462   */
1463   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1464     if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
1465       pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
1466     }
1467   }
1468 
1469   pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1470 
1471   /*
1472   ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
1473   ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
1474   ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
1475   ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
1476   ** of records (see syncJournal()).
1477   **
1478   ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
1479   ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
1480   ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
1481   ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
1482   ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
1483   ** where this risk can be ignored:
1484   **
1485   **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
1486   **     power failure in this case anyway.
1487   **
1488   **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
1489   **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
1490   */
1491   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
1492   if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
1493    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
1494   ){
1495     memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
1496     put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
1497   }else{
1498     memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
1499   }
1500 
1501   /* The random check-hash initializer */
1502   sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
1503   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
1504   /* The initial database size */
1505   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
1506   /* The assumed sector size for this process */
1507   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
1508 
1509   /* The page size */
1510   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
1511 
1512   /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
1513   ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
1514   ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
1515   ** take the performance hit.
1516   */
1517   memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
1518          nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
1519 
1520   /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
1521   ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
1522   ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
1523   ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
1524   ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
1525   **
1526   ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
1527   ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
1528   ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
1529   ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
1530   ** is done.
1531   **
1532   ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
1533   ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
1534   ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
1535   ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
1536   */
1537   for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
1538     IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
1539     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
1540     assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1541     pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
1542   }
1543 
1544   return rc;
1545 }
1546 
1547 /*
1548 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
1549 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
1550 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
1551 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
1552 ** a description of the journal header format.
1553 **
1554 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
1555 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
1556 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
1557 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
1558 ** in this case.
1559 **
1560 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
1561 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
1562 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
1563 */
1564 static int readJournalHdr(
1565   Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
1566   int isHot,
1567   i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
1568   u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
1569   u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
1570 ){
1571   int rc;                      /* Return code */
1572   unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1573   i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */
1574 
1575   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1576 
1577   /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
1578   ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
1579   ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
1580   */
1581   pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1582   if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
1583     return SQLITE_DONE;
1584   }
1585   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1586 
1587   /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
1588   ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
1589   ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
1590   ** proceed.
1591   */
1592   if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
1593     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
1594     if( rc ){
1595       return rc;
1596     }
1597     if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
1598       return SQLITE_DONE;
1599     }
1600   }
1601 
1602   /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
1603   ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
1604   ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
1605   */
1606   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
1607    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
1608    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
1609   ){
1610     return rc;
1611   }
1612 
1613   if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1614     u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
1615     u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */
1616 
1617     /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
1618     if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
1619      || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
1620     ){
1621       return rc;
1622     }
1623 
1624     /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
1625     ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
1626     ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
1627     */
1628     if( iPageSize==0 ){
1629       iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
1630     }
1631 
1632     /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
1633     ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
1634     ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
1635     ** respective compile time maximum limits.
1636     */
1637     if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
1638      || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
1639      || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
1640     ){
1641       /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
1642       ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
1643       ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
1644       ** the journal file here.
1645       */
1646       return SQLITE_DONE;
1647     }
1648 
1649     /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
1650     ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
1651     ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
1652     */
1653     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
1654     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
1655 
1656     /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
1657     ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
1658     ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
1659     ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
1660     ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
1661     */
1662     pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
1663   }
1664 
1665   pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1666   return rc;
1667 }
1668 
1669 
1670 /*
1671 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
1672 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
1673 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
1674 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
1675 ** anything is written. The format is:
1676 **
1677 **   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
1678 **   + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
1679 **   + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
1680 **   + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
1681 **   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
1682 **
1683 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
1684 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
1685 **
1686 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
1687 ** this call is a no-op.
1688 */
1689 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
1690   int rc;                          /* Return code */
1691   int nMaster;                     /* Length of string zMaster */
1692   i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
1693   i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
1694   u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zMaster */
1695 
1696   assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
1697   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1698 
1699   if( !zMaster
1700    || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1701    || !isOpen(pPager->jfd)
1702   ){
1703     return SQLITE_OK;
1704   }
1705   pPager->setMaster = 1;
1706   assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1707 
1708   /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
1709   for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
1710     cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
1711   }
1712 
1713   /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
1714   ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
1715   ** the journal has already been synced.
1716   */
1717   if( pPager->fullSync ){
1718     pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1719   }
1720   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1721 
1722   /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
1723   ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
1724   */
1725   if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
1726    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
1727    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
1728    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
1729    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8,
1730                                  iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
1731   ){
1732     return rc;
1733   }
1734   pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
1735 
1736   /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
1737   ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
1738   ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
1739   ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
1740   ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine
1741   ** whether or not the journal is hot.
1742   **
1743   ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
1744   ** file to the required size.
1745   */
1746   if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
1747    && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
1748   ){
1749     rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
1750   }
1751   return rc;
1752 }
1753 
1754 /*
1755 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
1756 */
1757 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
1758   pPager->iDataVersion++;
1759   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
1760   sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
1761 }
1762 
1763 /*
1764 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value
1765 */
1766 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){
1767   assert( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN );
1768   return pPager->iDataVersion;
1769 }
1770 
1771 /*
1772 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
1773 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
1774 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
1775 */
1776 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
1777   int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
1778   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1779     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
1780   }
1781   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
1782     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
1783   }
1784   sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
1785   pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
1786   pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
1787   pPager->nSubRec = 0;
1788 }
1789 
1790 /*
1791 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
1792 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
1793 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
1794 */
1795 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
1796   int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
1797   int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
1798 
1799   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1800     PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
1801     if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
1802       rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
1803       testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1804       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1805     }
1806   }
1807   return rc;
1808 }
1809 
1810 /*
1811 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
1812 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
1813 ** state.
1814 **
1815 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
1816 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
1817 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
1818 ** closed (if it is open).
1819 **
1820 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
1821 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
1822 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
1823 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
1824 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
1825 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
1826 */
1827 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
1828 
1829   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
1830        || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
1831        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
1832   );
1833 
1834   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
1835   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
1836   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1837 
1838   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
1839     assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1840     sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
1841     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1842   }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
1843     int rc;                       /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
1844     int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
1845 
1846     /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
1847     ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock.  Otherwise
1848     ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
1849     ** out from under us.
1850     */
1851     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   & 5)!=1 );
1852     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      & 5)!=1 );
1853     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      & 5)!=1 );
1854     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   & 5)!=1 );
1855     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
1856     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  & 5)==1 );
1857     if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
1858      || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
1859     ){
1860       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1861     }
1862 
1863     /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
1864     ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
1865     ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
1866     ** is necessary.
1867     */
1868     rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
1869     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
1870       pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
1871     }
1872 
1873     /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
1874     ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
1875     ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
1876     */
1877     assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1878     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1879     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1880   }
1881 
1882   /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
1883   ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
1884   ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
1885   ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
1886   */
1887   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1888   if( pPager->errCode ){
1889     if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
1890       pager_reset(pPager);
1891       pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1892       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1893     }else{
1894       pPager->eState = (isOpen(pPager->jfd) ? PAGER_OPEN : PAGER_READER);
1895     }
1896     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
1897     pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
1898     setGetterMethod(pPager);
1899   }
1900 
1901   pPager->journalOff = 0;
1902   pPager->journalHdr = 0;
1903   pPager->setMaster = 0;
1904 }
1905 
1906 /*
1907 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
1908 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
1909 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
1910 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
1911 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
1912 **
1913 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
1914 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
1915 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
1916 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
1917 **
1918 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
1919 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
1920 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
1921 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
1922 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
1923 ** it were a hot-journal).
1924 */
1925 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
1926   int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
1927   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1928   assert(
1929        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
1930        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
1931        (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
1932   );
1933   if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
1934     pPager->errCode = rc;
1935     pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
1936     setGetterMethod(pPager);
1937   }
1938   return rc;
1939 }
1940 
1941 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage);
1942 
1943 /*
1944 ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1)
1945 ** or rolled back (bCommit==0).
1946 **
1947 ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk.
1948 **
1949 ** Rules:
1950 **
1951 **   *  For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk.  This is necessary
1952 **      for transactions to be durable.
1953 **
1954 **   *  Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing
1955 **      file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and
1956 **      when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total
1957 **      cache size.
1958 */
1959 static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){
1960   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) return 1;
1961   if( !bCommit ) return 0;
1962   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ) return 0;
1963   return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager->pPCache)>=25);
1964 }
1965 
1966 /*
1967 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
1968 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
1969 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
1970 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
1971 ** database transaction.
1972 **
1973 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
1974 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
1975 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
1976 **
1977 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
1978 **
1979 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
1980 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
1981 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
1982 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
1983 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
1984 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
1985 **
1986 **   journalMode==MEMORY
1987 **     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
1988 **     in-memory journal.
1989 **
1990 **   journalMode==TRUNCATE
1991 **     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
1992 **
1993 **   journalMode==PERSIST
1994 **     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
1995 **     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
1996 **     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
1997 **
1998 **   journalMode==DELETE
1999 **     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
2000 **
2001 **     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
2002 **     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
2003 **     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
2004 **     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
2005 **
2006 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
2007 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
2008 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
2009 **
2010 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
2011 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
2012 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
2013 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
2014 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
2015 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
2016 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
2017 ** returned.
2018 */
2019 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
2020   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
2021   int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
2022 
2023   /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
2024   ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
2025   ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
2026   ** held under two circumstances:
2027   **
2028   **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
2029   **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
2030   **
2031   **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
2032   **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
2033   **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
2034   **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
2035   */
2036   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2037   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2038   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
2039     return SQLITE_OK;
2040   }
2041 
2042   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
2043   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0
2044       || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
2045   );
2046   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
2047     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2048 
2049     /* Finalize the journal file. */
2050     if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){
2051       /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */
2052       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2053     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
2054       if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
2055         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2056       }else{
2057         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
2058         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){
2059           /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away.
2060           ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and
2061           ** cause the last transaction to roll back.  See
2062           ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773
2063           */
2064           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
2065         }
2066       }
2067       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2068     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
2069       || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
2070     ){
2071       rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster||pPager->tempFile);
2072       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2073     }else{
2074       /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
2075       ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
2076       ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
2077       ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
2078       */
2079       int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile;
2080       assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 );
2081       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
2082            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
2083            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
2084       );
2085       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2086       if( bDelete ){
2087         rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync);
2088       }
2089     }
2090   }
2091 
2092 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
2093   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
2094   if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
2095     PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1);
2096     if( p ){
2097       p->pageHash = 0;
2098       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
2099     }
2100   }
2101 #endif
2102 
2103   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
2104   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
2105   pPager->nRec = 0;
2106   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2107     if( MEMDB || pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, bCommit) ){
2108       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
2109     }else{
2110       sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager->pPCache);
2111     }
2112     sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
2113   }
2114 
2115   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2116     /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
2117     ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
2118     ** lock held on the database file.
2119     */
2120     rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
2121     assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
2122   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
2123     /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
2124     ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
2125     ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
2126     ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
2127     ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
2128     ** required size.  */
2129     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2130     rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
2131   }
2132 
2133   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit ){
2134     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0);
2135     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
2136   }
2137 
2138   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
2139    && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
2140   ){
2141     rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
2142     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
2143   }
2144   pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
2145   pPager->setMaster = 0;
2146 
2147   return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
2148 }
2149 
2150 /*
2151 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
2152 ** database file.
2153 **
2154 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
2155 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
2156 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
2157 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
2158 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
2159 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
2160 ** will roll it back.
2161 **
2162 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
2163 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
2164 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
2165 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
2166 */
2167 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
2168   if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
2169     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2170     if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
2171       sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
2172       sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
2173       sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
2174     }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
2175       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
2176       pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
2177     }
2178   }
2179   pager_unlock(pPager);
2180 }
2181 
2182 /*
2183 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
2184 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
2185 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
2186 **
2187 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
2188 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
2189 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
2190 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
2191 **
2192 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
2193 ** incompatible journal file format.
2194 **
2195 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
2196 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
2197 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
2198 ** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
2199 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
2200 */
2201 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
2202   u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
2203   int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
2204   while( i>0 ){
2205     cksum += aData[i];
2206     i -= 200;
2207   }
2208   return cksum;
2209 }
2210 
2211 /*
2212 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
2213 ** to the codec.
2214 */
2215 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2216 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
2217   if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
2218     pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
2219                            (int)pPager->nReserve);
2220   }
2221 }
2222 #else
2223 # define pagerReportSize(X)     /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
2224 #endif
2225 
2226 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2227 /*
2228 ** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination
2229 ** pager as it is in the source.  This comes up when a VACUUM changes the
2230 ** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount.
2231 */
2232 void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){
2233   if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){
2234     pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve;
2235     pagerReportSize(pDest);
2236   }
2237 }
2238 #endif
2239 
2240 /*
2241 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
2242 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
2243 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
2244 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
2245 **
2246 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
2247 ** not.
2248 **
2249 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
2250 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
2251 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
2252 **
2253 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
2254 ** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
2255 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
2256 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
2257 ** prior to returning.
2258 **
2259 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
2260 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
2261 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
2262 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
2263 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
2264 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
2265 ** two circumstances:
2266 **
2267 **   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
2268 **   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
2269 **     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
2270 **
2271 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
2272 **
2273 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
2274 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
2275 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
2276 */
2277 static int pager_playback_one_page(
2278   Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
2279   i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
2280   Bitvec *pDone,                /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
2281   int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
2282   int isSavepnt                 /* True for a savepoint rollback */
2283 ){
2284   int rc;
2285   PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
2286   Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
2287   u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
2288   char *aData;                  /* Temporary storage for the page */
2289   sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
2290   int isSynced;                 /* True if journal page is synced */
2291 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2292   /* The jrnlEnc flag is true if Journal pages should be passed through
2293   ** the codec.  It is false for pure in-memory journals. */
2294   const int jrnlEnc = (isMainJrnl || pPager->subjInMemory==0);
2295 #endif
2296 
2297   assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
2298   assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
2299   assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
2300   assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
2301 
2302   aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2303   assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
2304   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
2305 
2306   /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
2307   ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
2308   ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
2309   ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
2310   ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
2311   */
2312   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
2313        || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
2314   );
2315   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
2316 
2317   /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
2318   ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
2319   */
2320   jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
2321   rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
2322   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2323   rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
2324   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2325   *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
2326 
2327   /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
2328   ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
2329   ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
2330   ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
2331   */
2332   if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
2333     assert( !isSavepnt );
2334     return SQLITE_DONE;
2335   }
2336   if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
2337     return SQLITE_OK;
2338   }
2339   if( isMainJrnl ){
2340     rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
2341     if( rc ) return rc;
2342     if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
2343       return SQLITE_DONE;
2344     }
2345   }
2346 
2347   /* If this page has already been played back before during the current
2348   ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
2349   */
2350   if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
2351     return rc;
2352   }
2353 
2354   /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
2355   */
2356   if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
2357     pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
2358     pagerReportSize(pPager);
2359   }
2360 
2361   /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
2362   ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
2363   ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
2364   **
2365   ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
2366   ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
2367   ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
2368   ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
2369   ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
2370   ** assert()able.
2371   **
2372   ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
2373   ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
2374   ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
2375   ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
2376   ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
2377   **
2378   ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
2379   ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
2380   ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
2381   ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
2382   ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
2383   ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
2384   ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
2385   ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
2386   ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
2387   ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
2388   ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
2389   ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
2390   ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
2391   **
2392   ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
2393   ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
2394   ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
2395   */
2396   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2397     pPg = 0;
2398   }else{
2399     pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
2400   }
2401   assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
2402   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 || pPager->tempFile );
2403   PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
2404            PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
2405            (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
2406   ));
2407   if( isMainJrnl ){
2408     isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
2409   }else{
2410     isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
2411   }
2412   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2413    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2414    && isSynced
2415   ){
2416     i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2417     testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
2418     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2419 
2420     /* Write the data read from the journal back into the database file.
2421     ** This is usually safe even for an encrypted database - as the data
2422     ** was encrypted before it was written to the journal file. The exception
2423     ** is if the data was just read from an in-memory sub-journal. In that
2424     ** case it must be encrypted here before it is copied into the database
2425     ** file.  */
2426 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2427     if( !jrnlEnc ){
2428       CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, aData);
2429       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2430       CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
2431     }else
2432 #endif
2433     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2434 
2435     if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
2436       pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
2437     }
2438     if( pPager->pBackup ){
2439 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2440       if( jrnlEnc ){
2441         CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
2442         sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2443         CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT,aData);
2444       }else
2445 #endif
2446       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2447     }
2448   }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
2449     /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
2450     ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
2451     ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
2452     ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
2453     ** current.
2454     **
2455     ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
2456     ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
2457     ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
2458     ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
2459     **
2460     ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
2461     ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
2462     ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
2463     ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
2464     */
2465     assert( isSavepnt );
2466     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 );
2467     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2468     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
2469     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 );
2470     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2471     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2472     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
2473   }
2474   if( pPg ){
2475     /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
2476     ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
2477     ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
2478     ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
2479     ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
2480     */
2481     void *pData;
2482     pData = pPg->pData;
2483     memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
2484     pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
2485     /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here.  But
2486     ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache
2487     ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so
2488     ** has been removed. */
2489     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
2490 
2491     /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
2492     ** Do this before any decoding. */
2493     if( pgno==1 ){
2494       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2495     }
2496 
2497     /* Decode the page just read from disk */
2498 #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2499     if( jrnlEnc ){ CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); }
2500 #endif
2501     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
2502   }
2503   return rc;
2504 }
2505 
2506 /*
2507 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
2508 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
2509 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
2510 ** and does so if it is.
2511 **
2512 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
2513 ** available for use within this function.
2514 **
2515 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names
2516 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
2517 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
2518 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
2519 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
2520 **
2521 **   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
2522 **
2523 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
2524 ** journals have been rolled back.
2525 **
2526 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into
2527 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
2528 ** each child journal, it checks if:
2529 **
2530 **   * if the child journal exists, and if so
2531 **   * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal
2532 **     file zMaster
2533 **
2534 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
2535 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
2536 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
2537 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
2538 **
2539 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
2540 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
2541 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
2542 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2543 **
2544 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
2545 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
2546 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
2547 ** size.
2548 */
2549 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
2550   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2551   int rc;                   /* Return code */
2552   sqlite3_file *pMaster;    /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
2553   sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
2554   char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
2555   i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
2556   char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
2557   char *zMasterPtr;         /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
2558   int nMasterPtr;           /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
2559 
2560   /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
2561   ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
2562   */
2563   pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
2564   pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
2565   if( !pMaster ){
2566     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2567   }else{
2568     const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
2569     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
2570   }
2571   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2572 
2573   /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
2574   ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.   Also obtain
2575   ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
2576   ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
2577   */
2578   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
2579   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2580   nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
2581   zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
2582   if( !zMasterJournal ){
2583     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2584     goto delmaster_out;
2585   }
2586   zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
2587   rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
2588   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2589   zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
2590 
2591   zJournal = zMasterJournal;
2592   while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
2593     int exists;
2594     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
2595     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2596       goto delmaster_out;
2597     }
2598     if( exists ){
2599       /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
2600       ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
2601       ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
2602       */
2603       int c;
2604       int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
2605       rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
2606       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2607         goto delmaster_out;
2608       }
2609 
2610       rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
2611       sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
2612       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2613         goto delmaster_out;
2614       }
2615 
2616       c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
2617       if( c ){
2618         /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
2619         goto delmaster_out;
2620       }
2621     }
2622     zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
2623   }
2624 
2625   sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2626   rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
2627 
2628 delmaster_out:
2629   sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
2630   if( pMaster ){
2631     sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2632     assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
2633     sqlite3_free(pMaster);
2634   }
2635   return rc;
2636 }
2637 
2638 
2639 /*
2640 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
2641 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
2642 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
2643 **
2644 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
2645 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
2646 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
2647 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
2648 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
2649 **
2650 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
2651 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
2652 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
2653 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
2654 ** the end of the new file instead.
2655 **
2656 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
2657 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
2658 */
2659 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
2660   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2661   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2662   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
2663 
2664   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2665    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2666   ){
2667     i64 currentSize, newSize;
2668     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
2669     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2670     /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
2671     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
2672     newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
2673     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
2674       if( currentSize>newSize ){
2675         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
2676       }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
2677         char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2678         memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
2679         testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
2680         testcase( (newSize-szPage) >  currentSize );
2681         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
2682       }
2683       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2684         pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
2685       }
2686     }
2687   }
2688   return rc;
2689 }
2690 
2691 /*
2692 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
2693 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2694 */
2695 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
2696   int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile);
2697   if( iRet<32 ){
2698     iRet = 512;
2699   }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
2700     assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
2701     iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
2702   }
2703   return iRet;
2704 }
2705 
2706 /*
2707 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
2708 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
2709 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used
2710 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
2711 ** master journal pointers within created journal files.
2712 **
2713 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
2714 **
2715 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
2716 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
2717 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
2718 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2719 **
2720 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
2721 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512).  The purpose of
2722 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
2723 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
2724 ** that range.  But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
2725 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
2726 ** size.  For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
2727 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
2728 */
2729 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
2730   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
2731 
2732   if( pPager->tempFile
2733    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) &
2734               SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
2735   ){
2736     /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
2737     ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
2738     ** call will segfault. */
2739     pPager->sectorSize = 512;
2740   }else{
2741     pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd);
2742   }
2743 }
2744 
2745 /*
2746 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
2747 ** the state it was in before we started making changes.
2748 **
2749 ** The journal file format is as follows:
2750 **
2751 **  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
2752 **  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
2753 **       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
2754 **       number of page records from the journal size.
2755 **  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
2756 **       sanity checksum.
2757 **  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
2758 **       database to during a rollback.
2759 **  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
2760 **       is this many bytes in size.
2761 **  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
2762 **  (7)  zero padding out to the next sector size.
2763 **  (8)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
2764 **        +  4 byte page number.
2765 **        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
2766 **        +  4 byte checksum
2767 **
2768 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
2769 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
2770 **
2771 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
2772 ** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
2773 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
2774 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
2775 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
2776 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
2777 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
2778 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
2779 **
2780 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
2781 ** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
2782 ** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
2783 ** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
2784 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
2785 **
2786 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
2787 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
2788 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
2789 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
2790 ** been encountered.
2791 **
2792 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
2793 ** and an error code is returned.
2794 **
2795 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
2796 ** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is
2797 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
2798 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
2799 ** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
2800 ** needed.
2801 */
2802 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
2803   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2804   i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
2805   u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
2806   u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
2807   Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
2808   int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
2809   int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
2810   char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
2811   int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
2812   int nPlayback = 0;       /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
2813   u32 savedPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
2814 
2815   /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
2816   ** the journal is empty.
2817   */
2818   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
2819   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
2820   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2821     goto end_playback;
2822   }
2823 
2824   /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
2825   ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
2826   ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
2827   ** played back.
2828   **
2829   ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
2830   ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
2831   ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
2832   ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
2833   ** for pageSize.
2834   */
2835   zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2836   rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2837   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
2838     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
2839   }
2840   zMaster = 0;
2841   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
2842     goto end_playback;
2843   }
2844   pPager->journalOff = 0;
2845   needPagerReset = isHot;
2846 
2847   /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
2848   ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
2849   ** occurs.
2850   */
2851   while( 1 ){
2852     /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
2853     ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
2854     ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
2855     ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
2856     */
2857     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
2858     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2859       if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2860         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2861       }
2862       goto end_playback;
2863     }
2864 
2865     /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
2866     ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
2867     ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
2868     ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
2869     */
2870     if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
2871       assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
2872       nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2873     }
2874 
2875     /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
2876     ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
2877     ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
2878     ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
2879     ** size of the file.
2880     **
2881     ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
2882     ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
2883     ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
2884     ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
2885     ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
2886     ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
2887     ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
2888     */
2889     if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
2890         pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
2891       nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2892     }
2893 
2894     /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
2895     ** database file back to its original size.
2896     */
2897     if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
2898       rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
2899       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2900         goto end_playback;
2901       }
2902       pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
2903     }
2904 
2905     /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
2906     ** database file and/or page cache.
2907     */
2908     for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
2909       if( needPagerReset ){
2910         pager_reset(pPager);
2911         needPagerReset = 0;
2912       }
2913       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
2914       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2915         nPlayback++;
2916       }else{
2917         if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2918           pPager->journalOff = szJ;
2919           break;
2920         }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2921           /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
2922           ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
2923           ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash.  In that
2924           ** case, the database should have never been written in the
2925           ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
2926           rc = SQLITE_OK;
2927           goto end_playback;
2928         }else{
2929           /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
2930           ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
2931           ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
2932           ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
2933           */
2934           goto end_playback;
2935         }
2936       }
2937     }
2938   }
2939   /*NOTREACHED*/
2940   assert( 0 );
2941 
2942 end_playback:
2943   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2944     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &savedPageSize, -1);
2945   }
2946   /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
2947   ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
2948   ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
2949   ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
2950   */
2951 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
2952   sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
2953 #endif
2954 
2955   /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
2956   ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
2957   ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
2958   ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
2959   ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
2960   ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
2961   ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
2962   ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
2963   */
2964   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
2965 
2966   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2967     zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2968     rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2969     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2970   }
2971   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
2972    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2973   ){
2974     rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0);
2975   }
2976   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2977     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0);
2978     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2979   }
2980   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
2981     /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
2982     ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
2983     */
2984     rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
2985     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2986   }
2987   if( isHot && nPlayback ){
2988     sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s",
2989                 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal);
2990   }
2991 
2992   /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
2993   ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
2994   ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
2995   */
2996   setSectorSize(pPager);
2997   return rc;
2998 }
2999 
3000 
3001 /*
3002 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file (or out of
3003 ** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into
3004 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
3005 ** file before this function is called.
3006 **
3007 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
3008 ** the value read from the database file.
3009 **
3010 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
3011 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3012 */
3013 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){
3014   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
3015   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
3016 
3017 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3018   u32 iFrame = 0;              /* Frame of WAL containing pgno */
3019 
3020   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
3021   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
3022 
3023   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3024     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame);
3025     if( rc ) return rc;
3026   }
3027   if( iFrame ){
3028     rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame,pPager->pageSize,pPg->pData);
3029   }else
3030 #endif
3031   {
3032     i64 iOffset = (pPg->pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
3033     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pPager->pageSize, iOffset);
3034     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3035       rc = SQLITE_OK;
3036     }
3037   }
3038 
3039   if( pPg->pgno==1 ){
3040     if( rc ){
3041       /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
3042       ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
3043       ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
3044       ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
3045       ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
3046       ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
3047       **
3048       ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex:  bytes
3049       ** 24..39 of the database are white noise.  But the probability of
3050       ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
3051       ** we should still be ok.
3052       */
3053       memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
3054     }else{
3055       u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
3056       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
3057     }
3058   }
3059   CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
3060 
3061   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
3062   PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
3063   IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno));
3064   PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
3065                PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
3066 
3067   return rc;
3068 }
3069 
3070 /*
3071 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
3072 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
3073 **
3074 ** This is an unconditional update.  See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
3075 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
3076 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
3077 */
3078 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
3079   u32 change_counter;
3080 
3081   /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
3082   change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
3083   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
3084 
3085   /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
3086   ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
3087   ** is valid. */
3088   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
3089   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
3090 }
3091 
3092 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3093 /*
3094 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
3095 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
3096 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
3097 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
3098 **
3099 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
3100 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
3101 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
3102 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
3103 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
3104 */
3105 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
3106   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3107   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
3108   PgHdr *pPg;
3109 
3110   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3111   pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
3112   if( pPg ){
3113     if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
3114       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
3115     }else{
3116       rc = readDbPage(pPg);
3117       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3118         pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
3119       }
3120       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
3121     }
3122   }
3123 
3124   /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
3125   ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
3126   ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
3127   ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
3128   ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
3129   ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
3130   ** the backups must be restarted.
3131   */
3132   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
3133 
3134   return rc;
3135 }
3136 
3137 /*
3138 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
3139 */
3140 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
3141   int rc;                         /* Return Code */
3142   PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */
3143 
3144   /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
3145   ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
3146   ** following:
3147   **
3148   **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
3149   **   + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
3150   */
3151   pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
3152   rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
3153   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3154   while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3155     PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
3156     rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
3157     pList = pNext;
3158   }
3159 
3160   return rc;
3161 }
3162 
3163 /*
3164 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
3165 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
3166 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
3167 ** changed.
3168 **
3169 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
3170 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
3171 */
3172 static int pagerWalFrames(
3173   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3174   PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
3175   Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
3176   int isCommit                    /* True if this is a commit */
3177 ){
3178   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3179   int nList;                      /* Number of pages in pList */
3180   PgHdr *p;                       /* For looping over pages */
3181 
3182   assert( pPager->pWal );
3183   assert( pList );
3184 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
3185   /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
3186   for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
3187     assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
3188   }
3189 #endif
3190 
3191   assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
3192   if( isCommit ){
3193     /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
3194     ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
3195     ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
3196     ** list here. */
3197     PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
3198     nList = 0;
3199     for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
3200       if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
3201         ppNext = &p->pDirty;
3202         nList++;
3203       }
3204     }
3205     assert( pList );
3206   }else{
3207     nList = 1;
3208   }
3209   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
3210 
3211   if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
3212   rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
3213       pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
3214   );
3215   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
3216     for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3217       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
3218     }
3219   }
3220 
3221 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
3222   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3223   for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3224     pager_set_pagehash(p);
3225   }
3226 #endif
3227 
3228   return rc;
3229 }
3230 
3231 /*
3232 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
3233 **
3234 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
3235 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
3236 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
3237 ** other writers or checkpointers.
3238 */
3239 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
3240   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3241   int changed = 0;                /* True if cache must be reset */
3242 
3243   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3244   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
3245 
3246   /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
3247   ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  So call it now.  If we
3248   ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
3249   ** the duplicate call is harmless.
3250   */
3251   sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
3252 
3253   rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
3254   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
3255     pager_reset(pPager);
3256     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
3257   }
3258 
3259   return rc;
3260 }
3261 #endif
3262 
3263 /*
3264 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
3265 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
3266 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
3267 **
3268 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
3269 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
3270 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
3271 */
3272 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
3273   Pgno nPage;                     /* Value to return via *pnPage */
3274 
3275   /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
3276   ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
3277   ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
3278   ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
3279   ** contains no valid committed transactions.
3280   */
3281   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3282   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3283   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
3284   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
3285   nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
3286 
3287   /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the
3288   ** WAL sub-system, determine the page count based on the size of
3289   ** the database file.  If the size of the database file is not an
3290   ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result.
3291   */
3292   if( nPage==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){
3293     i64 n = 0;                    /* Size of db file in bytes */
3294     int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
3295     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
3296       return rc;
3297     }
3298     nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
3299   }
3300 
3301   /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
3302   ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
3303   ** that the file can be read.
3304   */
3305   if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
3306     pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
3307   }
3308 
3309   *pnPage = nPage;
3310   return SQLITE_OK;
3311 }
3312 
3313 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3314 /*
3315 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
3316 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
3317 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
3318 **
3319 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
3320 ** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
3321 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
3322 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
3323 **
3324 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
3325 **
3326 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
3327 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
3328 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
3329 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
3330 ** other connection.
3331 */
3332 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
3333   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3334   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3335   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3336 
3337   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
3338     int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
3339     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
3340         pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
3341     );
3342     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3343       if( isWal ){
3344         Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */
3345 
3346         rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
3347         if( rc ) return rc;
3348         if( nPage==0 ){
3349           rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
3350         }else{
3351           testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
3352           rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
3353         }
3354       }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
3355         pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
3356       }
3357     }
3358   }
3359   return rc;
3360 }
3361 #endif
3362 
3363 /*
3364 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
3365 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
3366 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
3367 ** savepoint.
3368 **
3369 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
3370 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
3371 ** performed in the order specified:
3372 **
3373 **   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
3374 **     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
3375 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
3376 **     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
3377 **
3378 **   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
3379 **     back starting from the journal header immediately following
3380 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
3381 **
3382 **   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
3383 **     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
3384 **     the journal file.
3385 **
3386 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
3387 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
3388 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
3389 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
3390 **
3391 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
3392 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
3393 **
3394 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
3395 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
3396 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
3397 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
3398 */
3399 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
3400   i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
3401   i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
3402   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
3403   Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
3404 
3405   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
3406   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
3407 
3408   /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
3409   if( pSavepoint ){
3410     pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
3411     if( !pDone ){
3412       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3413     }
3414   }
3415 
3416   /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
3417   ** being reverted was opened.
3418   */
3419   pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
3420   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
3421 
3422   if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3423     return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
3424   }
3425 
3426   /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
3427   ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
3428   ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
3429   ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
3430   */
3431   szJ = pPager->journalOff;
3432   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
3433 
3434   /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
3435   ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
3436   ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
3437   ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
3438   ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
3439   ** are played back.
3440   */
3441   if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3442     iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
3443     pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
3444     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
3445       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3446     }
3447     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3448   }else{
3449     pPager->journalOff = 0;
3450   }
3451 
3452   /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
3453   ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
3454   ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
3455   ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
3456   */
3457   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
3458     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3459     u32 nJRec = 0;     /* Number of Journal Records */
3460     u32 dummy;
3461     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
3462     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3463 
3464     /*
3465     ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
3466     ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
3467     ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
3468     */
3469     if( nJRec==0
3470      && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
3471     ){
3472       nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
3473     }
3474     for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
3475       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3476     }
3477     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3478   }
3479   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
3480 
3481   /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
3482   ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
3483   ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
3484   */
3485   if( pSavepoint ){
3486     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3487     i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
3488 
3489     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3490       rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
3491     }
3492     for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
3493       assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
3494       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
3495     }
3496     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3497   }
3498 
3499   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
3500   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3501     pPager->journalOff = szJ;
3502   }
3503 
3504   return rc;
3505 }
3506 
3507 /*
3508 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3509 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages.
3510 */
3511 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3512   sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3513 }
3514 
3515 /*
3516 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3517 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal.
3518 */
3519 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3520   return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3521 }
3522 
3523 /*
3524 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
3525 */
3526 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
3527 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3528   sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
3529   if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
3530     sqlite3_int64 sz;
3531     sz = pPager->szMmap;
3532     pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0);
3533     setGetterMethod(pPager);
3534     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
3535   }
3536 #endif
3537 }
3538 
3539 /*
3540 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
3541 */
3542 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
3543   pPager->szMmap = szMmap;
3544   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3545 }
3546 
3547 /*
3548 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
3549 */
3550 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
3551   sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
3552 }
3553 
3554 /*
3555 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
3556 **
3557 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
3558 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
3559 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
3560 ** There are four levels:
3561 **
3562 **    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
3563 **              for temporary and transient files.
3564 **
3565 **    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
3566 **              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
3567 **              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
3568 **              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
3569 **              in a state which would cause damage to the database
3570 **              when it is rolled back.
3571 **
3572 **    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
3573 **              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
3574 **              of the journal header - being written in between the two
3575 **              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
3576 **              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
3577 **              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
3578 **              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
3579 **
3580 **    EXTRA     This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory
3581 **              that contains the rollback journal after the rollback
3582 **              journal is unlinked.
3583 **
3584 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
3585 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
3586 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
3587 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
3588 ** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
3589 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
3590 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
3591 ** syncs associated with NORMAL.  There is no difference between FULL
3592 ** and EXTRA for WAL mode.
3593 **
3594 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
3595 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
3596 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
3597 ** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
3598 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
3599 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
3600 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
3601 **
3602 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
3603 ** and FULL=3.
3604 */
3605 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
3606 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
3607   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager to set safety level for */
3608   unsigned pgFlags      /* Various flags */
3609 ){
3610   unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
3611   if( pPager->tempFile ){
3612     pPager->noSync = 1;
3613     pPager->fullSync = 0;
3614     pPager->extraSync = 0;
3615   }else{
3616     pPager->noSync =  level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0;
3617     pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0;
3618     pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0;
3619   }
3620   if( pPager->noSync ){
3621     pPager->syncFlags = 0;
3622   }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){
3623     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3624   }else{
3625     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3626   }
3627   pPager->walSyncFlags = (pPager->syncFlags<<2);
3628   if( pPager->fullSync ){
3629     pPager->walSyncFlags |= pPager->syncFlags;
3630   }
3631   if( (pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC) && !pPager->noSync ){
3632     pPager->walSyncFlags |= (SQLITE_SYNC_FULL<<2);
3633   }
3634   if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){
3635     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3636   }else{
3637     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3638   }
3639 }
3640 #endif
3641 
3642 /*
3643 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
3644 ** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
3645 ** testing and analysis only.
3646 */
3647 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3648 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
3649 #endif
3650 
3651 /*
3652 ** Open a temporary file.
3653 **
3654 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
3655 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
3656 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
3657 **
3658 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
3659 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
3660 **
3661 **     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
3662 **     SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
3663 **     SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
3664 **     SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
3665 */
3666 static int pagerOpentemp(
3667   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
3668   sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
3669   int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
3670 ){
3671   int rc;               /* Return code */
3672 
3673 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3674   sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
3675 #endif
3676 
3677   vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
3678             SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
3679   rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
3680   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
3681   return rc;
3682 }
3683 
3684 /*
3685 ** Set the busy handler function.
3686 **
3687 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
3688 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
3689 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
3690 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
3691 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
3692 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
3693 **
3694 **   Transition                        | Invokes xBusyHandler
3695 **   --------------------------------------------------------
3696 **   NO_LOCK       -> SHARED_LOCK      | Yes
3697 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> RESERVED_LOCK    | No
3698 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
3699 **   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
3700 **
3701 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
3702 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
3703 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
3704 */
3705 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler(
3706   Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
3707   int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
3708   void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
3709 ){
3710   void **ap;
3711   pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
3712   pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
3713   ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
3714   assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
3715   assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
3716   sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
3717 }
3718 
3719 /*
3720 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
3721 ** is passed in *pPageSize.
3722 **
3723 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
3724 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
3725 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
3726 **
3727 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
3728 **
3729 **   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
3730 **     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
3731 **
3732 **   * there are no outstanding page references, and
3733 **
3734 **   * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
3735 **     an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
3736 **
3737 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
3738 **
3739 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
3740 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
3741 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
3742 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3743 **
3744 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
3745 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
3746 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
3747 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
3748 */
3749 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
3750   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3751 
3752   /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
3753   ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
3754   ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
3755   **
3756   ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
3757   ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
3758   ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
3759   ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
3760   */
3761 
3762   u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
3763   assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
3764   if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
3765    && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
3766    && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
3767   ){
3768     char *pNew = NULL;             /* New temp space */
3769     i64 nByte = 0;
3770 
3771     if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3772       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
3773     }
3774     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3775       pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
3776       if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3777     }
3778 
3779     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3780       pager_reset(pPager);
3781       rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
3782     }
3783     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3784       sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
3785       pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
3786       pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
3787       pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
3788     }else{
3789       sqlite3PageFree(pNew);
3790     }
3791   }
3792 
3793   *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
3794   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3795     if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
3796     assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
3797     pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
3798     pagerReportSize(pPager);
3799     pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3800   }
3801   return rc;
3802 }
3803 
3804 /*
3805 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
3806 ** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
3807 ** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
3808 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
3809 ** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
3810 ** no rollbacks are happening.
3811 */
3812 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
3813   return pPager->pTmpSpace;
3814 }
3815 
3816 /*
3817 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
3818 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
3819 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
3820 **
3821 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
3822 */
3823 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3824   if( mxPage>0 ){
3825     pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
3826   }
3827   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );      /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
3828   assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize );  /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */
3829   return pPager->mxPgno;
3830 }
3831 
3832 /*
3833 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
3834 ** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
3835 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
3836 **
3837 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
3838 ** and generate no code.
3839 */
3840 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3841 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3842 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
3843 static int saved_cnt;
3844 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3845   saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3846   sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
3847 }
3848 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3849   sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
3850 }
3851 #else
3852 # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
3853 # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
3854 #endif
3855 
3856 /*
3857 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
3858 ** that pDest points to.
3859 **
3860 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
3861 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
3862 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
3863 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
3864 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
3865 **
3866 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
3867 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
3868 ** output buffer undefined.
3869 */
3870 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
3871   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3872   memset(pDest, 0, N);
3873   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3874 
3875   /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
3876   ** the Pager object.  There has not been an opportunity to transition
3877   ** to WAL mode yet.
3878   */
3879   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3880 
3881   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3882     IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
3883     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
3884     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3885       rc = SQLITE_OK;
3886     }
3887   }
3888   return rc;
3889 }
3890 
3891 /*
3892 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
3893 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
3894 **
3895 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
3896 ** this is considered a 1 page file.
3897 */
3898 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
3899   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
3900   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
3901   *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
3902 }
3903 
3904 
3905 /*
3906 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
3907 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
3908 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
3909 **
3910 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
3911 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
3912 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
3913 ** obtain the lock succeeds.
3914 **
3915 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
3916 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
3917 ** variable to locktype before returning.
3918 */
3919 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
3920   int rc;                              /* Return code */
3921 
3922   /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
3923   ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
3924   ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
3925   ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
3926   */
3927   assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
3928        || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
3929        || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
3930   );
3931 
3932   do {
3933     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
3934   }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
3935   return rc;
3936 }
3937 
3938 /*
3939 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
3940 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
3941 **
3942 **   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
3943 **      current database image, in pages, OR
3944 **
3945 **   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
3946 **      be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
3947 **      (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
3948 **
3949 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
3950 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
3951 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
3952 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
3953 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
3954 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
3955 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
3956 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
3957 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
3958 ** this circumstance cannot arise.
3959 */
3960 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
3961 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
3962   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
3963   assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
3964 }
3965 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
3966   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
3967 }
3968 #else
3969 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
3970 #endif
3971 
3972 /*
3973 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
3974 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
3975 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
3976 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
3977 **
3978 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
3979 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
3980 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
3981 ** then continue writing to the database.
3982 */
3983 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
3984   assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
3985   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
3986   pPager->dbSize = nPage;
3987 
3988   /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
3989   ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
3990   ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
3991   ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
3992   ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
3993   ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
3994   ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
3995   ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
3996   ** is no longer correct. */
3997 }
3998 
3999 
4000 /*
4001 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
4002 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
4003 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
4004 ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
4005 **
4006 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
4007 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
4008 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
4009 ** content as this process.
4010 **
4011 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
4012 ** an SQLite error code.
4013 */
4014 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
4015   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4016   if( !pPager->noSync ){
4017     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
4018   }
4019   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4020     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
4021   }
4022   return rc;
4023 }
4024 
4025 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
4026 /*
4027 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno.
4028 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
4029 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
4030 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
4031 ** *ppPage to zero.
4032 **
4033 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
4034 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
4035 */
4036 static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
4037   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
4038   Pgno pgno,                      /* Page number */
4039   void *pData,                    /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
4040   PgHdr **ppPage                  /* OUT: Acquired page object */
4041 ){
4042   PgHdr *p;                       /* Memory mapped page to return */
4043 
4044   if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){
4045     *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
4046     pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty;
4047     p->pDirty = 0;
4048     assert( pPager->nExtra>=8 );
4049     memset(p->pExtra, 0, 8);
4050   }else{
4051     *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra);
4052     if( p==0 ){
4053       sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData);
4054       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4055     }
4056     p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1];
4057     p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP;
4058     p->nRef = 1;
4059     p->pPager = pPager;
4060   }
4061 
4062   assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] );
4063   assert( p->pPage==0 );
4064   assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP );
4065   assert( p->pPager==pPager );
4066   assert( p->nRef==1 );
4067 
4068   p->pgno = pgno;
4069   p->pData = pData;
4070   pPager->nMmapOut++;
4071 
4072   return SQLITE_OK;
4073 }
4074 #endif
4075 
4076 /*
4077 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
4078 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
4079 */
4080 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4081   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4082   pPager->nMmapOut--;
4083   pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
4084   pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg;
4085 
4086   assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 );
4087   sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData);
4088 }
4089 
4090 /*
4091 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
4092 */
4093 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){
4094   PgHdr *p;
4095   PgHdr *pNext;
4096   for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){
4097     pNext = p->pDirty;
4098     sqlite3_free(p);
4099   }
4100 }
4101 
4102 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
4103 ** under the pager.  Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still where it ought
4104 ** to be on disk.  Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
4105 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
4106 */
4107 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){
4108   int bHasMoved = 0;
4109   int rc;
4110 
4111   if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
4112   if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
4113   assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] );
4114   rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved);
4115   if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
4116     /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
4117     ** has not been moved.  That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
4118     ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
4119     rc = SQLITE_OK;
4120   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){
4121     rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED;
4122   }
4123   return rc;
4124 }
4125 
4126 
4127 /*
4128 ** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
4129 **
4130 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
4131 ** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
4132 ** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
4133 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
4134 ** result in a coredump.
4135 **
4136 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
4137 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
4138 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
4139 ** to the caller.
4140 */
4141 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
4142   u8 *pTmp = (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace;
4143   assert( db || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
4144   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4145   disable_simulated_io_errors();
4146   sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4147   pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
4148   /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
4149   pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
4150 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4151   {
4152     u8 *a = 0;
4153     assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 );
4154     if( db && 0==(db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose)
4155      && SQLITE_OK==databaseIsUnmoved(pPager)
4156     ){
4157       a = pTmp;
4158     }
4159     sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize,a);
4160     pPager->pWal = 0;
4161   }
4162 #endif
4163   pager_reset(pPager);
4164   if( MEMDB ){
4165     pager_unlock(pPager);
4166   }else{
4167     /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
4168     ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
4169     ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
4170     ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
4171     **
4172     ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
4173     ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
4174     ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
4175     ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
4176     ** rollback before accessing the database file.
4177     */
4178     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
4179       pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
4180     }
4181     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
4182   }
4183   sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4184   enable_simulated_io_errors();
4185   PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4186   IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
4187   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4188   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4189   sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
4190   sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
4191 
4192 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
4193   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
4194 #endif
4195 
4196   assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
4197   assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
4198 
4199   sqlite3_free(pPager);
4200   return SQLITE_OK;
4201 }
4202 
4203 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
4204 /*
4205 ** Return the page number for page pPg.
4206 */
4207 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
4208   return pPg->pgno;
4209 }
4210 #endif
4211 
4212 /*
4213 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
4214 */
4215 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
4216   sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
4217 }
4218 
4219 /*
4220 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
4221 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
4222 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
4223 **
4224 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
4225 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
4226 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
4227 **
4228 **   * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
4229 **     be taken.
4230 **
4231 **   * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
4232 **     then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
4233 **     is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
4234 **     been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
4235 **     mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
4236 **
4237 **   * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
4238 **     journal file is synced.
4239 **
4240 ** Or, in pseudo-code:
4241 **
4242 **   if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
4243 **     if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
4244 **       if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
4245 **       <update nRec field>
4246 **     }
4247 **     if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
4248 **   }
4249 **
4250 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
4251 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
4252 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
4253 */
4254 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
4255   int rc;                         /* Return code */
4256 
4257   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4258        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
4259   );
4260   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4261   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4262 
4263   rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
4264   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4265 
4266   if( !pPager->noSync ){
4267     assert( !pPager->tempFile );
4268     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
4269       const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4270       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
4271 
4272       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4273         /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
4274         ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
4275         ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
4276         ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
4277         ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
4278         ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
4279         ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
4280         ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
4281         ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
4282         ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
4283         ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
4284         ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
4285         **
4286         ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
4287         ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
4288         ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
4289         **
4290         ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
4291         ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
4292         ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
4293         ** the potential journal header.
4294         */
4295         i64 iNextHdrOffset;
4296         u8 aMagic[8];
4297         u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
4298 
4299         memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
4300         put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
4301 
4302         iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
4303         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
4304         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
4305           static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
4306           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
4307         }
4308         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4309           return rc;
4310         }
4311 
4312         /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
4313         ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
4314         ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
4315         ** it as a candidate for rollback.
4316         **
4317         ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
4318         ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
4319         ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
4320         ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
4321         ** and never needs to be updated.
4322         */
4323         if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4324           PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4325           IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4326           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
4327           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4328         }
4329         IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
4330         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
4331             pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
4332         );
4333         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4334       }
4335       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4336         PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4337         IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4338         rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
4339           (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
4340         );
4341         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4342       }
4343 
4344       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4345       if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4346         pPager->nRec = 0;
4347         rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
4348         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4349       }
4350     }else{
4351       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4352     }
4353   }
4354 
4355   /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
4356   ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
4357   ** all pages.
4358   */
4359   sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
4360   pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
4361   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4362   return SQLITE_OK;
4363 }
4364 
4365 /*
4366 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
4367 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
4368 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
4369 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
4370 ** a no-op.
4371 **
4372 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
4373 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
4374 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
4375 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
4376 **
4377 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
4378 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
4379 ** written out.
4380 **
4381 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
4382 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
4383 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
4384 **
4385 **   * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
4386 **   * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
4387 **
4388 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
4389 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
4390 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
4391 ** the database file.
4392 **
4393 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4394 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
4395 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
4396 */
4397 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
4398   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
4399 
4400   /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
4401   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4402   assert( pPager->tempFile || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
4403   assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
4404   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pList->pDirty==0 );
4405 
4406   /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
4407   ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
4408   ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
4409   */
4410   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
4411     assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
4412     rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
4413   }
4414 
4415   /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
4416   ** file size will be.
4417   */
4418   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4419   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
4420    && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize
4421    && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize)
4422   ){
4423     sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
4424     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
4425     pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
4426   }
4427 
4428   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4429     Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
4430 
4431     /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
4432     ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
4433     ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
4434     ** any such pages to the file.
4435     **
4436     ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
4437     ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
4438     */
4439     if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
4440       i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;   /* Offset to write */
4441       char *pData;                                   /* Data to write */
4442 
4443       assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4444       if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
4445 
4446       /* Encode the database */
4447       CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData);
4448 
4449       /* Write out the page data. */
4450       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
4451 
4452       /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
4453       ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
4454       ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
4455       */
4456       if( pgno==1 ){
4457         memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
4458       }
4459       if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
4460         pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
4461       }
4462       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
4463 
4464       /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
4465       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
4466 
4467       PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
4468                    PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
4469       IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
4470       PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
4471     }else{
4472       PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
4473     }
4474     pager_set_pagehash(pList);
4475     pList = pList->pDirty;
4476   }
4477 
4478   return rc;
4479 }
4480 
4481 /*
4482 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
4483 ** function is a no-op.
4484 **
4485 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
4486 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
4487 ** fails.
4488 */
4489 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
4490   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4491   if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
4492     const int flags =  SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
4493       | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
4494       | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
4495     int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
4496     if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
4497       nStmtSpill = -1;
4498     }
4499     rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pPager->sjfd, flags, nStmtSpill);
4500   }
4501   return rc;
4502 }
4503 
4504 /*
4505 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
4506 **
4507 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
4508 ** for all open savepoints before returning.
4509 **
4510 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
4511 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
4512 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
4513 ** bitvec.
4514 */
4515 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4516   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4517   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4518   if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
4519 
4520     /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
4521     assert( pPager->useJournal );
4522     assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4523     assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
4524     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
4525          || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg)
4526          || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
4527     );
4528     rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
4529 
4530     /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
4531     ** write the journal record into the file.  */
4532     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4533       void *pData = pPg->pData;
4534       i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
4535       char *pData2;
4536 
4537 #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
4538       if( !pPager->subjInMemory ){
4539         CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2);
4540       }else
4541 #endif
4542       pData2 = pData;
4543       PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4544       rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
4545       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4546         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
4547       }
4548     }
4549   }
4550   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4551     pPager->nSubRec++;
4552     assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
4553     rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
4554   }
4555   return rc;
4556 }
4557 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){
4558   if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
4559     return subjournalPage(pPg);
4560   }else{
4561     return SQLITE_OK;
4562   }
4563 }
4564 
4565 /*
4566 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
4567 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
4568 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
4569 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
4570 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
4571 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
4572 ** argument.
4573 **
4574 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
4575 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
4576 ** journal file.
4577 **
4578 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
4579 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
4580 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
4581 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
4582 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
4583 */
4584 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
4585   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
4586   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4587 
4588   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
4589   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
4590 
4591   /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
4592   ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed.  This occurs
4593   ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
4594   ** pages belonging to the same sector.
4595   **
4596   ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
4597   ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required.  This is set during
4598   ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
4599   **
4600   ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
4601   ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementation it
4602   ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
4603   ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
4604   ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
4605   ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
4606   */
4607   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
4608   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
4609   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF );
4610   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC );
4611   if( pPager->doNotSpill
4612    && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0
4613       || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0)
4614   ){
4615     return SQLITE_OK;
4616   }
4617 
4618   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_SPILL]++;
4619   pPg->pDirty = 0;
4620   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
4621     /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
4622     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
4623     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4624       rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
4625     }
4626   }else{
4627 
4628 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
4629     if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
4630       rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
4631       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4632     }
4633 #endif
4634 
4635     /* Sync the journal file if required. */
4636     if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
4637      || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4638     ){
4639       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
4640     }
4641 
4642     /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
4643     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4644       assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4645       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
4646     }
4647   }
4648 
4649   /* Mark the page as clean. */
4650   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4651     PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4652     sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
4653   }
4654 
4655   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4656 }
4657 
4658 /*
4659 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk.
4660 */
4661 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){
4662   int rc = pPager->errCode;
4663   if( !MEMDB ){
4664     PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
4665     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4666     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4667       PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
4668       if( pList->nRef==0 ){
4669         rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList);
4670       }
4671       pList = pNext;
4672     }
4673   }
4674 
4675   return rc;
4676 }
4677 
4678 /*
4679 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
4680 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
4681 ** to sqlite3PagerClose().
4682 **
4683 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
4684 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
4685 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
4686 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
4687 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
4688 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
4689 **
4690 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
4691 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
4692 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.  When a new page is allocated, the
4693 ** first 8 bytes of this space are zeroed but the remainder is uninitialized.
4694 ** (The extra space is used by btree as the MemPage object.)
4695 **
4696 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
4697 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
4698 ** of the PAGER_* flags.
4699 **
4700 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
4701 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
4702 **
4703 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
4704 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
4705 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
4706 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
4707 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
4708 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
4709 */
4710 int sqlite3PagerOpen(
4711   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
4712   Pager **ppPager,         /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
4713   const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
4714   int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
4715   int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
4716   int vfsFlags,            /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
4717   void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
4718 ){
4719   u8 *pPtr;
4720   Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
4721   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
4722   int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
4723   int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
4724 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE
4725   int memJM = 0;           /* Memory journal mode */
4726 #else
4727 # define memJM 0
4728 #endif
4729   int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
4730   int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
4731   char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
4732   int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
4733   int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
4734   int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
4735   u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
4736   const char *zUri = 0;    /* URI args to copy */
4737   int nUri = 0;            /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
4738 
4739   /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
4740   ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal).  */
4741   journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
4742 
4743   /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
4744   *ppPager = 0;
4745 
4746 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
4747   if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
4748     memDb = 1;
4749     if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4750       zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename);
4751       if( zPathname==0  ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4752       nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4753       zFilename = 0;
4754     }
4755   }
4756 #endif
4757 
4758   /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
4759   ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
4760   ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
4761   */
4762   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4763     const char *z;
4764     nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
4765     zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2);
4766     if( zPathname==0 ){
4767       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4768     }
4769     zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
4770     rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
4771     nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4772     z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
4773     while( *z ){
4774       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4775       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4776     }
4777     nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri);
4778     assert( nUri>=0 );
4779     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
4780       /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
4781       ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
4782       ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
4783       ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
4784       ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
4785       */
4786       rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
4787     }
4788     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4789       sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4790       return rc;
4791     }
4792   }
4793 
4794   /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
4795   ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
4796   ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
4797   **
4798   **     Pager object                    (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
4799   **     PCache object                   (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
4800   **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
4801   **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
4802   **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
4803   **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
4804   **     Journal file name               (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
4805   */
4806   pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
4807     ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +      /* Pager structure */
4808     ROUND8(pcacheSize) +           /* PCache object */
4809     ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +       /* The main db file */
4810     journalFileSize * 2 +          /* The two journal files */
4811     nPathname + 1 + nUri +         /* zFilename */
4812     nPathname + 8 + 2              /* zJournal */
4813 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4814     + nPathname + 4 + 2            /* zWal */
4815 #endif
4816   );
4817   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
4818   if( !pPtr ){
4819     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4820     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4821   }
4822   pPager =              (Pager*)(pPtr);
4823   pPager->pPCache =    (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)));
4824   pPager->fd =   (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize));
4825   pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile));
4826   pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4827   pPager->zFilename =    (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4828   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
4829 
4830   /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
4831   if( zPathname ){
4832     assert( nPathname>0 );
4833     pPager->zJournal =   (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri);
4834     memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
4835     if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri);
4836     memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
4837     memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2);
4838     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal);
4839 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4840     pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1];
4841     memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname);
4842     memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1);
4843     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal);
4844 #endif
4845     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4846   }
4847   pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
4848   pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
4849 
4850   /* Open the pager file.
4851   */
4852   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4853     int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
4854     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
4855     assert( !memDb );
4856 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE
4857     memJM = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)!=0;
4858 #endif
4859     readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)!=0;
4860 
4861     /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
4862     ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
4863     ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
4864     **
4865     **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
4866     **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
4867     **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
4868     */
4869     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4870       int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4871       if( !readOnly ){
4872         setSectorSize(pPager);
4873         assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
4874         if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
4875           if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
4876             szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
4877           }else{
4878             szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
4879           }
4880         }
4881 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
4882         {
4883           int ii;
4884           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
4885           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
4886           assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
4887           for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
4888             if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
4889               szPageDflt = ii;
4890             }
4891           }
4892         }
4893 #endif
4894       }
4895       pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0);
4896       if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0
4897        || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){
4898           vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
4899           goto act_like_temp_file;
4900       }
4901     }
4902   }else{
4903     /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
4904     ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
4905     ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
4906     **
4907     ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
4908     ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
4909     ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
4910     **
4911     ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
4912     */
4913 act_like_temp_file:
4914     tempFile = 1;
4915     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;     /* Pretend we already have a lock */
4916     pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;    /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */
4917     pPager->noLock = 1;                /* Do no locking */
4918     readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4919   }
4920 
4921   /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
4922   ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
4923   */
4924   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4925     assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
4926     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
4927     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
4928   }
4929 
4930   /* Initialize the PCache object. */
4931   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4932     nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
4933     assert( nExtra>=8 && nExtra<1000 );
4934     rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
4935                        !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
4936   }
4937 
4938   /* If an error occurred above, free the  Pager structure and close the file.
4939   */
4940   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4941     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4942     sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
4943     sqlite3_free(pPager);
4944     return rc;
4945   }
4946 
4947   PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
4948   IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
4949 
4950   pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
4951   /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
4952   /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
4953   /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
4954   /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
4955   /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
4956   /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
4957   pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
4958   /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
4959   /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
4960   pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
4961   assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
4962           || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
4963   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
4964   pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
4965   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
4966   pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
4967   pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
4968   assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
4969   pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
4970   if( pPager->noSync ){
4971     assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
4972     assert( pPager->extraSync==0 );
4973     assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
4974     assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
4975   }else{
4976     pPager->fullSync = 1;
4977     pPager->extraSync = 0;
4978     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4979     pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL<<2);
4980   }
4981   /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
4982   /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
4983   /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
4984   pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
4985   pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
4986   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
4987   setSectorSize(pPager);
4988   if( !useJournal ){
4989     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
4990   }else if( memDb || memJM ){
4991     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
4992   }
4993   /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
4994   /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
4995   pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
4996   setGetterMethod(pPager);
4997   /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
4998   /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
4999 
5000   *ppPager = pPager;
5001   return SQLITE_OK;
5002 }
5003 
5004 
5005 
5006 /*
5007 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
5008 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
5009 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
5010 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
5011 ** file exists if the following criteria are met:
5012 **
5013 **   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
5014 **   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
5015 **   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
5016 **   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
5017 **
5018 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
5019 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
5020 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
5021 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
5022 ** is returned.
5023 **
5024 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
5025 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
5026 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
5027 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
5028 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
5029 ** will not roll it back.
5030 **
5031 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
5032 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
5033 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
5034 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
5035 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
5036 */
5037 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
5038   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5039   int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
5040   int exists = 1;               /* True if a journal file is present */
5041   int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
5042 
5043   assert( pPager->useJournal );
5044   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
5045   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5046 
5047   assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
5048     SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
5049   ));
5050 
5051   *pExists = 0;
5052   if( !jrnlOpen ){
5053     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
5054   }
5055   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
5056     int locked = 0;             /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
5057 
5058     /* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
5059     ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
5060     ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
5061     ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
5062     ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
5063     ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
5064     ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
5065     */
5066     rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
5067     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
5068       Pgno nPage;                 /* Number of pages in database file */
5069 
5070       assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
5071       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
5072       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5073         /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
5074         ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
5075         ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
5076         ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
5077         ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted.  However, take care
5078         ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
5079         ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
5080         */
5081         if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){
5082           sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5083           if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
5084             sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
5085             if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5086           }
5087           sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5088         }else{
5089           /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
5090           ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
5091           ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
5092           ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
5093           ** it can be ignored.
5094           */
5095           if( !jrnlOpen ){
5096             int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5097             rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
5098           }
5099           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5100             u8 first = 0;
5101             rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
5102             if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5103               rc = SQLITE_OK;
5104             }
5105             if( !jrnlOpen ){
5106               sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5107             }
5108             *pExists = (first!=0);
5109           }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
5110             /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
5111             ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
5112             ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
5113             ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
5114             ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
5115             ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
5116             ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
5117             ** worry so much with race conditions.
5118             */
5119             *pExists = 1;
5120             rc = SQLITE_OK;
5121           }
5122         }
5123       }
5124     }
5125   }
5126 
5127   return rc;
5128 }
5129 
5130 /*
5131 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
5132 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function
5133 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
5134 ** this function is called, it is a no-op.
5135 **
5136 ** The following operations are also performed by this function.
5137 **
5138 **   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
5139 **      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
5140 **      SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
5141 **      the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
5142 **      which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
5143 **      rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
5144 **      the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
5145 **      discarded if they are found to be invalid.
5146 **
5147 **   2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
5148 **      no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
5149 **      then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
5150 **      the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
5151 **      file.
5152 **
5153 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
5154 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
5155 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
5156 */
5157 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
5158   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                /* Return code */
5159 
5160   /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
5161   ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
5162   ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
5163   ** exclusive access mode.  */
5164   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
5165   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5166   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5167   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5168 
5169   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
5170     int bHotJournal = 1;          /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
5171 
5172     assert( !MEMDB );
5173     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
5174 
5175     rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5176     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5177       assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
5178       goto failed;
5179     }
5180 
5181     /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
5182     ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
5183     */
5184     if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
5185       rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
5186     }
5187     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5188       goto failed;
5189     }
5190     if( bHotJournal ){
5191       if( pPager->readOnly ){
5192         rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK;
5193         goto failed;
5194       }
5195 
5196       /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
5197       ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
5198       ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
5199       ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
5200       ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
5201       ** hot-journal back.
5202       **
5203       ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
5204       ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
5205       ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
5206       ** on the database file.
5207       **
5208       ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
5209       ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
5210       */
5211       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5212       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5213         goto failed;
5214       }
5215 
5216       /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
5217       ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
5218       ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
5219       ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
5220       ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
5221       ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
5222       **
5223       ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
5224       ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
5225       ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
5226       ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
5227       ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
5228       */
5229       if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5230         sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5231         int bExists;              /* True if journal file exists */
5232         rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
5233             pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
5234         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
5235           int fout = 0;
5236           int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5237           assert( !pPager->tempFile );
5238           rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
5239           assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5240           if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
5241             rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
5242             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5243           }
5244         }
5245       }
5246 
5247       /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
5248       ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
5249       ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
5250       ** an inconsistent cache.  Sync the hot journal before playing
5251       ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
5252       ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
5253       ** the journal before playing it back.
5254       */
5255       if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5256         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5257         rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
5258         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5259           rc = pager_playback(pPager, !pPager->tempFile);
5260           pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
5261         }
5262       }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
5263         pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5264       }
5265 
5266       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5267         /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
5268         ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5269         ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
5270         ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
5271         ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
5272         ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
5273         **
5274         ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
5275         ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
5276         ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
5277         ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
5278         ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
5279         ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
5280         ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
5281         ** references.
5282         */
5283         pager_error(pPager, rc);
5284         goto failed;
5285       }
5286 
5287       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5288       assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
5289            || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
5290       );
5291     }
5292 
5293     if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){
5294       /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to
5295       ** see if the database has been modified.  If the database has changed,
5296       ** flush the cache.  The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from
5297       ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a
5298       ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up.
5299       **
5300       ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
5301       ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
5302       ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
5303       ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
5304       ** a codec is in use.
5305       **
5306       ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
5307       ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
5308       ** it can be neglected.
5309       */
5310       char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
5311 
5312       IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
5313       rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
5314       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5315         if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5316           goto failed;
5317         }
5318         memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
5319       }
5320 
5321       if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
5322         pager_reset(pPager);
5323 
5324         /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
5325         ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
5326         ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
5327         ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
5328         ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
5329         ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
5330         if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
5331           sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
5332         }
5333       }
5334     }
5335 
5336     /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
5337     ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
5338     */
5339     rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
5340 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
5341     assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
5342 #endif
5343   }
5344 
5345   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5346     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5347     rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
5348   }
5349 
5350   if( pPager->tempFile==0 && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5351     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
5352   }
5353 
5354  failed:
5355   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5356     assert( !MEMDB );
5357     pager_unlock(pPager);
5358     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5359   }else{
5360     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
5361     pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1;
5362   }
5363   return rc;
5364 }
5365 
5366 /*
5367 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
5368 ** transaction and unlock the pager.
5369 **
5370 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
5371 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
5372 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
5373 */
5374 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
5375   if( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ){
5376     assert( pPager->nMmapOut==0 ); /* because page1 is never memory mapped */
5377     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
5378   }
5379 }
5380 
5381 /*
5382 ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a
5383 ** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is
5384 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
5385 **
5386 ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending
5387 ** on the current state of the pager.
5388 **
5389 **     getPageNormal()         --  The normal getter
5390 **     getPageError()          --  Used if the pager is in an error state
5391 **     getPageMmap()           --  Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled
5392 **
5393 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
5394 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
5395 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
5396 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
5397 ** object with no outstanding references.
5398 **
5399 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
5400 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
5401 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
5402 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
5403 **
5404 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if
5405 ** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the
5406 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
5407 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
5408 ** page is initialized to all zeros.
5409 **
5410 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about
5411 ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
5412 **
5413 **   a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
5414 **
5415 **   b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
5416 **      a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
5417 **      from the savepoint journal.
5418 **
5419 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead
5420 ** of being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
5421 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
5422 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
5423 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
5424 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
5425 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
5426 **
5427 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
5428 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
5429 **
5430 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
5431 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
5432 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
5433 ** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
5434 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
5435 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
5436 ** or journal files.
5437 */
5438 static int getPageNormal(
5439   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5440   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5441   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5442   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5443 ){
5444   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5445   PgHdr *pPg;
5446   u8 noContent;                   /* True if PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is set */
5447   sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase;
5448 
5449   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5450   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5451   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5452   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5453 
5454   if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5455   pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3);
5456   if( pBase==0 ){
5457     pPg = 0;
5458     rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase);
5459     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5460     if( pBase==0 ){
5461       rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5462       goto pager_acquire_err;
5463     }
5464   }
5465   pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase);
5466   assert( pPg==(*ppPage) );
5467   assert( pPg->pgno==pgno );
5468   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 );
5469 
5470   noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT)!=0;
5471   if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){
5472     /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
5473     ** the page. Return without further ado.  */
5474     assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5475     pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
5476     return SQLITE_OK;
5477 
5478   }else{
5479     /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
5480     ** be initialized. But first some error checks:
5481     **
5482     ** (1) The maximum page number is 2^31
5483     ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page
5484     */
5485     if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5486       rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5487       goto pager_acquire_err;
5488     }
5489 
5490     pPg->pPager = pPager;
5491 
5492     assert( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || !MEMDB );
5493     if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent ){
5494       if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
5495         rc = SQLITE_FULL;
5496         goto pager_acquire_err;
5497       }
5498       if( noContent ){
5499         /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
5500         ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
5501         ** page that does not need to be journaled.  Nevertheless, be sure
5502         ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
5503         ** a bit in a bit vector.
5504         */
5505         sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5506         if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5507           TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
5508           testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5509         }
5510         TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
5511         testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5512         sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5513       }
5514       memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
5515       IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
5516     }else{
5517       assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
5518       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
5519       rc = readDbPage(pPg);
5520       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5521         goto pager_acquire_err;
5522       }
5523     }
5524     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5525   }
5526   return SQLITE_OK;
5527 
5528 pager_acquire_err:
5529   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
5530   if( pPg ){
5531     sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
5532   }
5533   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5534   *ppPage = 0;
5535   return rc;
5536 }
5537 
5538 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
5539 /* The page getter for when memory-mapped I/O is enabled */
5540 static int getPageMMap(
5541   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5542   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5543   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5544   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5545 ){
5546   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5547   PgHdr *pPg = 0;
5548   u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
5549 
5550   /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
5551   ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
5552   ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a
5553   ** temporary or in-memory database.  */
5554   const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1
5555    && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY))
5556   );
5557 
5558   assert( USEFETCH(pPager) );
5559 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
5560   assert( pPager->xCodec==0 );
5561 #endif
5562 
5563   /* Optimization note:  Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here
5564   ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1"
5565   ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the
5566   ** common case where pgno is large. */
5567   if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){
5568     return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5569   }
5570   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5571   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5572   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5573   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5574 
5575   if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5576     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5577     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5578       *ppPage = 0;
5579       return rc;
5580     }
5581   }
5582   if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
5583     void *pData = 0;
5584     rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd,
5585         (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
5586     );
5587     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
5588       if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER || pPager->tempFile ){
5589         pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
5590       }
5591       if( pPg==0 ){
5592         rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
5593       }else{
5594         sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
5595       }
5596       if( pPg ){
5597         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5598         *ppPage = pPg;
5599         return SQLITE_OK;
5600       }
5601     }
5602     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5603       *ppPage = 0;
5604       return rc;
5605     }
5606   }
5607   return getPageNormal(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5608 }
5609 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
5610 
5611 /* The page getter method for when the pager is an error state */
5612 static int getPageError(
5613   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5614   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5615   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5616   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5617 ){
5618   UNUSED_PARAMETER(pgno);
5619   UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags);
5620   assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
5621   *ppPage = 0;
5622   return pPager->errCode;
5623 }
5624 
5625 
5626 /* Dispatch all page fetch requests to the appropriate getter method.
5627 */
5628 int sqlite3PagerGet(
5629   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5630   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5631   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5632   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5633 ){
5634   return pPager->xGet(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5635 }
5636 
5637 /*
5638 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
5639 ** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
5640 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
5641 **
5642 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
5643 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
5644 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
5645 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
5646 ** has ever happened.
5647 */
5648 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
5649   sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;
5650   assert( pPager!=0 );
5651   assert( pgno!=0 );
5652   assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
5653   pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0);
5654   assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock );
5655   if( pPage==0 ) return 0;
5656   return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage);
5657 }
5658 
5659 /*
5660 ** Release a page reference.
5661 **
5662 ** The sqlite3PagerUnref() and sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull() may only be
5663 ** used if we know that the page being released is not the last page.
5664 ** The btree layer always holds page1 open until the end, so these first
5665 ** to routines can be used to release any page other than BtShared.pPage1.
5666 **
5667 ** Use sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne() to release page1.  This latter routine
5668 ** checks the total number of outstanding pages and if the number of
5669 ** pages reaches zero it drops the database lock.
5670 */
5671 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){
5672   TESTONLY( Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; )
5673   assert( pPg!=0 );
5674   if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){
5675     assert( pPg->pgno!=1 );  /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
5676     pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg);
5677   }else{
5678     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5679   }
5680   /* Do not use this routine to release the last reference to page1 */
5681   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 );
5682 }
5683 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
5684   if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
5685 }
5686 void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage *pPg){
5687   Pager *pPager;
5688   assert( pPg!=0 );
5689   assert( pPg->pgno==1 );
5690   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
5691   pPager = pPg->pPager;
5692   sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(pPager);
5693   sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5694   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5695 }
5696 
5697 /*
5698 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
5699 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
5700 ** file when this routine is called.
5701 **
5702 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
5703 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
5704 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
5705 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
5706 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
5707 **
5708 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
5709 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
5710 ** already open file.
5711 **
5712 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
5713 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
5714 **
5715 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
5716 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
5717 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
5718 */
5719 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
5720   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                        /* Return code */
5721   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;   /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
5722 
5723   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5724   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5725   assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5726 
5727   /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
5728   ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
5729   ** an error state. */
5730   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
5731 
5732   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
5733     pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
5734     if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
5735       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5736     }
5737 
5738     /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
5739     if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5740       if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
5741         sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
5742       }else{
5743         int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE;
5744         int nSpill;
5745 
5746         if( pPager->tempFile ){
5747           flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL);
5748           nSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
5749         }else{
5750           flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5751           nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager);
5752         }
5753 
5754         /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
5755         ** it was originally opened. */
5756         rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager);
5757         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5758           rc = sqlite3JournalOpen (
5759               pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, nSpill
5760           );
5761         }
5762       }
5763       assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5764     }
5765 
5766 
5767     /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
5768     ** the sub-journal if necessary.
5769     */
5770     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5771       /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
5772       pPager->nRec = 0;
5773       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5774       pPager->setMaster = 0;
5775       pPager->journalHdr = 0;
5776       rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
5777     }
5778   }
5779 
5780   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5781     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
5782     pPager->pInJournal = 0;
5783   }else{
5784     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5785     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
5786   }
5787 
5788   return rc;
5789 }
5790 
5791 /*
5792 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
5793 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
5794 **
5795 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
5796 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
5797 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
5798 ** functions need be called.
5799 **
5800 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
5801 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
5802 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
5803 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
5804 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
5805 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
5806 ** or using a temporary file otherwise.
5807 */
5808 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
5809   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5810 
5811   if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
5812   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
5813   pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
5814 
5815   if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
5816     assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5817 
5818     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5819       /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
5820       ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
5821       */
5822       if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
5823         rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5824         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5825           return rc;
5826         }
5827         (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
5828       }
5829 
5830       /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
5831       ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
5832       ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
5833       ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
5834       */
5835       rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
5836     }else{
5837       /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
5838       ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5839       ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
5840       ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
5841       */
5842       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
5843       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
5844         rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5845       }
5846     }
5847 
5848     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5849       /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
5850       **
5851       ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
5852       ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
5853       ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
5854       ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
5855       ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
5856       ** WAL mode.
5857       */
5858       pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
5859       pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
5860       pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
5861       pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
5862       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5863     }
5864 
5865     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5866     assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5867     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5868   }
5869 
5870   PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
5871   return rc;
5872 }
5873 
5874 /*
5875 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal.
5876 */
5877 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
5878   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5879   int rc;
5880   u32 cksum;
5881   char *pData2;
5882   i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
5883 
5884   /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
5885   ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
5886   ** that we do not. */
5887   assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5888 
5889   assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
5890   CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2);
5891   cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
5892 
5893   /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
5894   ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
5895   ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
5896   ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
5897   ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
5898   ** then corruption may follow.
5899   */
5900   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5901 
5902   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
5903   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5904   rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
5905   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5906   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
5907   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5908 
5909   IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
5910            pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
5911   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
5912   PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
5913        PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5914        ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
5915 
5916   pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
5917   pPager->nRec++;
5918   assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
5919   rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
5920   testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5921   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5922   rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
5923   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5924   return rc;
5925 }
5926 
5927 /*
5928 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
5929 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
5930 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
5931 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
5932 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
5933 */
5934 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
5935   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5936   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5937 
5938   /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
5939   ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
5940   ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
5941   */
5942   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5943        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5944        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5945   );
5946   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5947   assert( pPager->errCode==0 );
5948   assert( pPager->readOnly==0 );
5949   CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
5950 
5951   /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
5952   ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
5953   ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
5954   **
5955   ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
5956   ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
5957   ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
5958   ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
5959   */
5960   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
5961     rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
5962     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5963   }
5964   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
5965   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5966 
5967   /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */
5968   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
5969 
5970   /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about
5971   ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off
5972   ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC.
5973   */
5974   assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5975   if( pPager->pInJournal!=0
5976    && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0
5977   ){
5978     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
5979     if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5980       rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg);
5981       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5982         return rc;
5983       }
5984     }else{
5985       if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
5986         pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5987       }
5988       PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
5989               PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5990              ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
5991     }
5992   }
5993 
5994   /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list
5995   ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal.  Wait until now,
5996   ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the
5997   ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified.
5998   */
5999   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6000 
6001   /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
6002   ** then write the page into the statement journal.
6003   */
6004   if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){
6005     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
6006   }
6007 
6008   /* Update the database size and return. */
6009   if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
6010     pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
6011   }
6012   return rc;
6013 }
6014 
6015 /*
6016 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size
6017 ** is larger than the page size.  SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that
6018 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware.  Hence, all bytes of
6019 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of
6020 ** a write.
6021 **
6022 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which
6023 ** case pages can be individually written.  This routine only runs in the
6024 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size.
6025 */
6026 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){
6027   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
6028   Pgno nPageCount;             /* Total number of pages in database file */
6029   Pgno pg1;                    /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
6030   int nPage = 0;               /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
6031   int ii;                      /* Loop counter */
6032   int needSync = 0;            /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
6033   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */
6034   Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
6035 
6036   /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
6037   ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
6038   ** this function.
6039   */
6040   assert( !MEMDB );
6041   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
6042   pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
6043 
6044   /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
6045   ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
6046   ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
6047   */
6048   pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
6049 
6050   nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
6051   if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
6052     nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
6053   }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
6054     nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
6055   }else{
6056     nPage = nPagePerSector;
6057   }
6058   assert(nPage>0);
6059   assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
6060   assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
6061 
6062   for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
6063     Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
6064     PgHdr *pPage;
6065     if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
6066       if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
6067         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0);
6068         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6069           rc = pager_write(pPage);
6070           if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
6071             needSync = 1;
6072           }
6073           sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6074         }
6075       }
6076     }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
6077       if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
6078         needSync = 1;
6079       }
6080       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6081     }
6082   }
6083 
6084   /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
6085   ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
6086   ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
6087   ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
6088   ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
6089   */
6090   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
6091     assert( !MEMDB );
6092     for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
6093       PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
6094       if( pPage ){
6095         pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6096         sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6097       }
6098     }
6099   }
6100 
6101   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
6102   pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
6103   return rc;
6104 }
6105 
6106 /*
6107 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
6108 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
6109 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
6110 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
6111 **
6112 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
6113 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
6114 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
6115 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
6116 **
6117 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
6118 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6119 */
6120 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6121   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6122   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
6123   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6124   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6125   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){
6126     if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
6127     return SQLITE_OK;
6128   }else if( pPager->errCode ){
6129     return pPager->errCode;
6130   }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){
6131     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
6132     return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg);
6133   }else{
6134     return pager_write(pPg);
6135   }
6136 }
6137 
6138 /*
6139 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
6140 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
6141 ** to change the content of the page.
6142 */
6143 #ifndef NDEBUG
6144 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
6145   return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6146 }
6147 #endif
6148 
6149 /*
6150 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
6151 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
6152 ** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
6153 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
6154 ** content no longer matters.
6155 **
6156 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
6157 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
6158 ** that it does not get written to disk.
6159 **
6160 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
6161 ** DELETE operations.
6162 **
6163 ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may
6164 ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if
6165 ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need
6166 ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the
6167 ** current transaction is rolled back.
6168 */
6169 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6170   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6171   if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
6172     PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
6173     IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
6174     pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
6175     pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6176     testcase( pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC );
6177     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
6178   }
6179 }
6180 
6181 /*
6182 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
6183 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
6184 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file.  The secondary change counter at
6185 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
6186 **
6187 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
6188 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
6189 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
6190 ** unconditional update of the change counters.
6191 **
6192 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
6193 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
6194 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
6195 ** transaction is committed.
6196 **
6197 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
6198 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
6199 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
6200 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
6201 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
6202 */
6203 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
6204   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6205 
6206   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6207        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6208   );
6209   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6210 
6211   /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
6212   ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
6213   ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
6214   ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
6215   **
6216   ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
6217   ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
6218   ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
6219   ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
6220   */
6221 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6222 # define DIRECT_MODE 0
6223   assert( isDirectMode==0 );
6224   UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
6225 #else
6226 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
6227 #endif
6228 
6229   if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
6230     PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */
6231 
6232     assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
6233 
6234     /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
6235     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0);
6236     assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
6237 
6238     /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
6239     ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in
6240     ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
6241     ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
6242     */
6243     if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
6244       rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
6245     }
6246 
6247     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6248       /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
6249       pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
6250 
6251       /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
6252       if( DIRECT_MODE ){
6253         const void *zBuf;
6254         assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
6255         CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, zBuf);
6256         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6257           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
6258           pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
6259         }
6260         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6261           /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
6262           ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
6263           ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match).  */
6264           const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24];
6265           memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
6266           pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6267         }
6268       }else{
6269         pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6270       }
6271     }
6272 
6273     /* Release the page reference. */
6274     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
6275   }
6276   return rc;
6277 }
6278 
6279 /*
6280 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
6281 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
6282 **
6283 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
6284 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
6285 */
6286 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
6287   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6288   void *pArg = (void*)zMaster;
6289   rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg);
6290   if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6291   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
6292     assert( !MEMDB );
6293     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
6294   }
6295   return rc;
6296 }
6297 
6298 /*
6299 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
6300 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
6301 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
6302 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
6303 **
6304 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
6305 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6306 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
6307 ** returned.
6308 */
6309 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
6310   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6311   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6312   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6313     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6314          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6315          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6316     );
6317     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6318     if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6319       rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
6320     }
6321   }
6322   return rc;
6323 }
6324 
6325 /*
6326 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
6327 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
6328 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
6329 ** journal (a single database transaction).
6330 **
6331 ** This routine ensures that:
6332 **
6333 **   * The database file change-counter is updated,
6334 **   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
6335 **   * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
6336 **   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
6337 **   * the database file synced.
6338 **
6339 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
6340 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
6341 ** delete the master journal file if specified).
6342 **
6343 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
6344 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
6345 **
6346 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
6347 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
6348 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
6349 ** journal file in this case.
6350 */
6351 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
6352   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
6353   const char *zMaster,            /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
6354   int noSync                      /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
6355 ){
6356   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
6357 
6358   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6359        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6360        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6361        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
6362   );
6363   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6364 
6365   /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
6366   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6367 
6368   /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */
6369   if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR;
6370 
6371   PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n",
6372       pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
6373 
6374   /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
6375   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
6376 
6377   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
6378   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
6379   if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, 1) ){
6380     /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
6381     ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
6382     ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.  */
6383     sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
6384   }else{
6385     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6386       PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6387       PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
6388       if( pList==0 ){
6389         /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
6390         ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
6391         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0);
6392         pList = pPageOne;
6393         pList->pDirty = 0;
6394       }
6395       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6396       if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
6397         rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
6398       }
6399       sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
6400       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6401         sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6402       }
6403     }else{
6404       /* The bBatch boolean is true if the batch-atomic-write commit method
6405       ** should be used.  No rollback journal is created if batch-atomic-write
6406       ** is enabled.
6407       */
6408       sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
6409 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6410       const int bBatch = zMaster==0    /* An SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC commit */
6411         && (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(fd) & SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
6412         && !pPager->noSync
6413         && sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd);
6414 #else
6415 # define bBatch 0
6416 #endif
6417 
6418 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6419       /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
6420       ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
6421       ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
6422       ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
6423       **
6424       **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
6425       **      blocks of size page-size, and
6426       **    * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
6427       **    * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
6428       **
6429       ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
6430       ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
6431       ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
6432       ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
6433       ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
6434       ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
6435       ** mode.
6436       **
6437       ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
6438       ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
6439       ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
6440       ** created for this transaction.
6441       */
6442       if( bBatch==0 ){
6443         PgHdr *pPg;
6444         assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6445             || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6446             || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6447             );
6448         if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6449          && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
6450          && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
6451          && (!(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
6452         ){
6453           /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
6454           ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
6455           ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
6456           ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
6457           ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
6458           */
6459           rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
6460         }else{
6461           rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6462           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6463             rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6464           }
6465         }
6466       }
6467 #else
6468 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6469       if( zMaster ){
6470         rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6471         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6472       }
6473 #endif
6474       rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6475 #endif
6476       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6477 
6478       /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master
6479       ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
6480       ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
6481       */
6482       rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
6483       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6484 
6485       /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
6486       ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
6487       ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
6488       **
6489       ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
6490       ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
6491       ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
6492       ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
6493       ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
6494       ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
6495       */
6496       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
6497       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6498 
6499       if( bBatch ){
6500         /* The pager is now in DBMOD state. But regardless of what happens
6501         ** next, attempting to play the journal back into the database would
6502         ** be unsafe. Close it now to make sure that does not happen.  */
6503         sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
6504         rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6505         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6506       }
6507       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache));
6508       if( bBatch ){
6509         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6510           rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6511         }
6512         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6513           sqlite3OsFileControlHint(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6514         }
6515       }
6516 
6517       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6518         assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
6519         goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6520       }
6521       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6522 
6523       /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
6524       ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
6525       ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
6526       ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
6527       ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
6528       ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case.  */
6529       if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){
6530         Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
6531         assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
6532         rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
6533         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6534       }
6535 
6536       /* Finally, sync the database file. */
6537       if( !noSync ){
6538         rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster);
6539       }
6540       IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
6541     }
6542   }
6543 
6544 commit_phase_one_exit:
6545   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6546     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
6547   }
6548   return rc;
6549 }
6550 
6551 
6552 /*
6553 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
6554 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
6555 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
6556 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
6557 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
6558 **
6559 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
6560 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
6561 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
6562 ** irrevocably committed.
6563 **
6564 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
6565 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6566 */
6567 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
6568   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6569 
6570   /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
6571   ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
6572   ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
6573   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6574 
6575   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6576        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
6577        || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
6578   );
6579   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6580 
6581   /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
6582   ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
6583   ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
6584   **
6585   ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
6586   ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
6587   ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
6588   ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
6589   ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
6590   ** to drop any locks either.
6591   */
6592   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6593    && pPager->exclusiveMode
6594    && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6595   ){
6596     assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
6597     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
6598     return SQLITE_OK;
6599   }
6600 
6601   PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6602   pPager->iDataVersion++;
6603   rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1);
6604   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6605 }
6606 
6607 /*
6608 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
6609 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
6610 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
6611 ** state if an error occurs.
6612 **
6613 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
6614 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
6615 **
6616 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
6617 **
6618 **   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
6619 **      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
6620 **      was opened, and
6621 **
6622 **   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
6623 **      rollback at any point in the future.
6624 **
6625 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
6626 ** rollback is successful.
6627 **
6628 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
6629 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
6630 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
6631 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
6632 */
6633 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
6634   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6635   PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6636 
6637   /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
6638   ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
6639   ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
6640   */
6641   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6642   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
6643   if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
6644 
6645   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6646     int rc2;
6647     rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
6648     rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0);
6649     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
6650   }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6651     int eState = pPager->eState;
6652     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
6653     if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6654       /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
6655       ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
6656       ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
6657       */
6658       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6659       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6660       setGetterMethod(pPager);
6661       return rc;
6662     }
6663   }else{
6664     rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
6665   }
6666 
6667   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
6668   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT
6669           || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
6670           || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
6671   );
6672 
6673   /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
6674   ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
6675   */
6676   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6677 }
6678 
6679 /*
6680 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
6681 ** if the database is (in theory) writable.
6682 */
6683 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
6684   return pPager->readOnly;
6685 }
6686 
6687 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
6688 /*
6689 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager.
6690 */
6691 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
6692   return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6693 }
6694 #endif
6695 
6696 /*
6697 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
6698 ** used by the pager and its associated cache.
6699 */
6700 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
6701   int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
6702                                      + 5*sizeof(void*);
6703   return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
6704            + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
6705            + pPager->pageSize;
6706 }
6707 
6708 /*
6709 ** Return the number of references to the specified page.
6710 */
6711 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
6712   return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
6713 }
6714 
6715 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
6716 /*
6717 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
6718 */
6719 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
6720   static int a[11];
6721   a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6722   a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
6723   a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
6724   a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
6725   a[4] = pPager->eState;
6726   a[5] = pPager->errCode;
6727   a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT];
6728   a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS];
6729   a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
6730   a[9] = pPager->nRead;
6731   a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
6732   return a;
6733 }
6734 #endif
6735 
6736 /*
6737 ** Parameter eStat must be one of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, _MISS, _WRITE,
6738 ** or _WRITE+1.  The SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1 case is a translation
6739 ** of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL.  The _SPILL case is not contiguous because
6740 ** it was added later.
6741 **
6742 ** Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
6743 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
6744 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
6745 ** returning.
6746 */
6747 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
6748 
6749   assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
6750        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
6751        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
6752        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1
6753   );
6754 
6755   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
6756   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
6757   assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1
6758            && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 && PAGER_STAT_SPILL==3 );
6759 
6760   eStat -= SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT;
6761   *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat];
6762   if( reset ){
6763     pPager->aStat[eStat] = 0;
6764   }
6765 }
6766 
6767 /*
6768 ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager.
6769 */
6770 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
6771   return pPager->tempFile;
6772 }
6773 
6774 /*
6775 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
6776 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
6777 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
6778 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
6779 **
6780 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
6781 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
6782 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6783 */
6784 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6785   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                       /* Return code */
6786   int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint;        /* Current number of savepoints */
6787   int ii;                                   /* Iterator variable */
6788   PagerSavepoint *aNew;                     /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
6789 
6790   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6791   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6792   assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal );
6793 
6794   /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
6795   ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
6796   ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
6797   */
6798   aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
6799       pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
6800   );
6801   if( !aNew ){
6802     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6803   }
6804   memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
6805   pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
6806 
6807   /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
6808   for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
6809     aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
6810     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
6811       aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
6812     }else{
6813       aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
6814     }
6815     aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
6816     aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
6817     if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
6818       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6819     }
6820     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6821       sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
6822     }
6823     pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
6824   }
6825   assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
6826   assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
6827   return rc;
6828 }
6829 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6830   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6831   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6832 
6833   if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){
6834     return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint);
6835   }else{
6836     return SQLITE_OK;
6837   }
6838 }
6839 
6840 
6841 /*
6842 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
6843 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
6844 ** created savepoint.
6845 **
6846 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
6847 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
6848 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
6849 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
6850 **
6851 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
6852 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
6853 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
6854 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
6855 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
6856 **
6857 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
6858 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
6859 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
6860 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
6861 ** contents of the database to its original state.
6862 **
6863 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
6864 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
6865 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
6866 **
6867 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
6868 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
6869 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6870 */
6871 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
6872   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6873 
6874 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6875   if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6876 #endif
6877 
6878   assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6879   assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6880 
6881   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
6882     int ii;            /* Iterator variable */
6883     int nNew;          /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
6884 
6885     /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
6886     ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
6887     ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
6888     */
6889     nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
6890     for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
6891       sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
6892     }
6893     pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
6894 
6895     /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
6896     ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
6897     if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
6898       if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
6899         /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
6900         if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
6901           rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
6902           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6903         }
6904         pPager->nSubRec = 0;
6905       }
6906     }
6907     /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
6908     ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
6909     ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
6910     ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
6911     */
6912     else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
6913       PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
6914       rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
6915       assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
6916     }
6917 
6918 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6919     /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled
6920     ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way,
6921     ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction
6922     ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level.  */
6923     else if(
6924         pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6925      && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6926     ){
6927       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6928       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6929       setGetterMethod(pPager);
6930     }
6931 #endif
6932   }
6933 
6934   return rc;
6935 }
6936 
6937 /*
6938 ** Return the full pathname of the database file.
6939 **
6940 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
6941 ** nullIfMemDb is true.  This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
6942 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
6943 ** behavior.  But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
6944 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
6945 ** participate in shared-cache.
6946 */
6947 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
6948   return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename;
6949 }
6950 
6951 /*
6952 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
6953 */
6954 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
6955   return pPager->pVfs;
6956 }
6957 
6958 /*
6959 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated
6960 ** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
6961 ** not yet been opened.
6962 */
6963 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
6964   return pPager->fd;
6965 }
6966 
6967 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
6968 /*
6969 ** Reset the lock timeout for pager.
6970 */
6971 void sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(Pager *pPager){
6972   int x = 0;
6973   sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT, &x);
6974 }
6975 #endif
6976 
6977 /*
6978 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists).
6979 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file.
6980 */
6981 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){
6982 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
6983   return pPager->jfd;
6984 #else
6985   return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd;
6986 #endif
6987 }
6988 
6989 /*
6990 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
6991 */
6992 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
6993   return pPager->zJournal;
6994 }
6995 
6996 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
6997 /*
6998 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
6999 */
7000 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
7001   Pager *pPager,
7002   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
7003   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
7004   void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
7005   void *pCodec
7006 ){
7007   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
7008   pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec;
7009   pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
7010   pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
7011   pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
7012   setGetterMethod(pPager);
7013   pagerReportSize(pPager);
7014 }
7015 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
7016   return pPager->pCodec;
7017 }
7018 
7019 /*
7020 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
7021 ** into the log file.
7022 **
7023 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
7024 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
7025 */
7026 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){
7027   void *aData = 0;
7028   CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData);
7029   return aData;
7030 }
7031 
7032 /*
7033 ** Return the current pager state
7034 */
7035 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){
7036   return pPager->eState;
7037 }
7038 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
7039 
7040 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
7041 /*
7042 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
7043 **
7044 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at
7045 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
7046 ** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
7047 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
7048 **
7049 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
7050 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
7051 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
7052 **
7053 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
7054 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
7055 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
7056 ** transaction is active).
7057 **
7058 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
7059 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
7060 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
7061 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
7062 **
7063 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
7064 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
7065 */
7066 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
7067   PgHdr *pPgOld;               /* The page being overwritten. */
7068   Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;       /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
7069   int rc;                      /* Return code */
7070   Pgno origPgno;               /* The original page number */
7071 
7072   assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
7073   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
7074        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
7075   );
7076   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7077 
7078   /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
7079   ** the page we are moving from.
7080   */
7081   assert( pPager->tempFile || !MEMDB );
7082   if( pPager->tempFile ){
7083     rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
7084     if( rc ) return rc;
7085   }
7086 
7087   /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
7088   ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
7089   ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
7090   **
7091   **   BEGIN;
7092   **     <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
7093   **     SAVEPOINT one;
7094   **       <Move page X to location Y>
7095   **     ROLLBACK TO one;
7096   **
7097   ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
7098   ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
7099   ** statement were is processed.
7100   **
7101   ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
7102   ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
7103   ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
7104   */
7105   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0
7106    && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg))
7107   ){
7108     return rc;
7109   }
7110 
7111   PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
7112       PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
7113   IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
7114 
7115   /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
7116   ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
7117   **
7118   ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
7119   ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
7120   ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
7121   */
7122   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
7123     needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
7124     assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ||
7125             pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
7126     assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
7127   }
7128 
7129   /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
7130   ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
7131   ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
7132   ** for the page moved there.
7133   */
7134   pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
7135   pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
7136   assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
7137   if( pPgOld ){
7138     pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
7139     if( pPager->tempFile ){
7140       /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
7141       ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
7142       sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
7143     }else{
7144       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
7145     }
7146   }
7147 
7148   origPgno = pPg->pgno;
7149   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
7150   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
7151 
7152   /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
7153   ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  Use pPgOld
7154   ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
7155   */
7156   if( pPager->tempFile && pPgOld ){
7157     sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
7158     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
7159   }
7160 
7161   if( needSyncPgno ){
7162     /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
7163     ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
7164     ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
7165     ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
7166     ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
7167     ** flag.
7168     **
7169     ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
7170     ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
7171     ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
7172     ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
7173     ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
7174     ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
7175     */
7176     PgHdr *pPgHdr;
7177     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0);
7178     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7179       if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
7180         assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
7181         sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
7182       }
7183       return rc;
7184     }
7185     pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
7186     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
7187     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr);
7188   }
7189 
7190   return SQLITE_OK;
7191 }
7192 #endif
7193 
7194 /*
7195 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page
7196 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's
7197 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to
7198 ** the value passed as the third parameter.
7199 */
7200 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){
7201   assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew );
7202   pPg->flags = flags;
7203   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew);
7204 }
7205 
7206 /*
7207 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
7208 */
7209 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
7210   assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
7211   return pPg->pData;
7212 }
7213 
7214 /*
7215 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
7216 ** allocated along with the specified page.
7217 */
7218 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
7219   return pPg->pExtra;
7220 }
7221 
7222 /*
7223 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
7224 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7225 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
7226 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
7227 **
7228 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7229 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
7230 ** locking-mode.
7231 */
7232 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7233   assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
7234             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
7235             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
7236   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
7237   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
7238   assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
7239   if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
7240     pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
7241   }
7242   return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
7243 }
7244 
7245 /*
7246 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
7247 **
7248 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7249 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7250 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7251 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7252 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
7253 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7254 **
7255 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
7256 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
7257 **
7258 **   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
7259 **      or _MEMORY.
7260 **
7261 **   *  Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
7262 **
7263 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
7264 */
7265 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7266   u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode;    /* Prior journalmode */
7267 
7268 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
7269   /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger
7270   ** only.  We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */
7271   print_pager_state(pPager);
7272 #endif
7273 
7274 
7275   /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
7276   assert(      eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7277             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7278             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7279             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7280             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7281             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
7282 
7283   /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
7284   ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
7285   ** to WAL mode.
7286   */
7287   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7288 
7289   /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
7290   ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
7291   */
7292   if( MEMDB ){
7293     assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
7294     if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7295       eMode = eOld;
7296     }
7297   }
7298 
7299   if( eMode!=eOld ){
7300 
7301     /* Change the journal mode. */
7302     assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
7303     pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
7304 
7305     /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
7306     ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
7307     ** delete the journal file.
7308     */
7309     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
7310     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
7311     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
7312     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
7313     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
7314     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
7315 
7316     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
7317     if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
7318 
7319       /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
7320       ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
7321       ** here is an optimization only.
7322       **
7323       ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
7324       ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
7325       ** while it is in use by some other client.
7326       */
7327       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7328       if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
7329         sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7330       }else{
7331         int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7332         int state = pPager->eState;
7333         assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
7334         if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7335           rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
7336         }
7337         if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
7338           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
7339           rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
7340         }
7341         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7342           sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7343         }
7344         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
7345           pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7346         }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7347           pager_unlock(pPager);
7348         }
7349         assert( state==pPager->eState );
7350       }
7351     }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7352       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7353     }
7354   }
7355 
7356   /* Return the new journal mode */
7357   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7358 }
7359 
7360 /*
7361 ** Return the current journal mode.
7362 */
7363 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7364   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7365 }
7366 
7367 /*
7368 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
7369 ** journalmode.  Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
7370 ** is unmodified.
7371 */
7372 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7373   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7374   if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
7375   if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
7376   return 1;
7377 }
7378 
7379 /*
7380 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
7381 **
7382 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
7383 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
7384 */
7385 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
7386   if( iLimit>=-1 ){
7387     pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
7388     sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
7389   }
7390   return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
7391 }
7392 
7393 /*
7394 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
7395 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
7396 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
7397 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
7398 */
7399 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
7400   return &pPager->pBackup;
7401 }
7402 
7403 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
7404 /*
7405 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
7406 */
7407 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){
7408   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
7409   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager);
7410 }
7411 #endif
7412 
7413 
7414 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7415 /*
7416 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
7417 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
7418 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
7419 **
7420 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
7421 */
7422 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(
7423   Pager *pPager,                  /* Checkpoint on this pager */
7424   sqlite3 *db,                    /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */
7425   int eMode,                      /* Type of checkpoint */
7426   int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */
7427   int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */
7428 ){
7429   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7430   if( pPager->pWal ){
7431     rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode,
7432         (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler),
7433         pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
7434         pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
7435         pnLog, pnCkpt
7436     );
7437     sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(pPager);
7438   }
7439   return rc;
7440 }
7441 
7442 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
7443   return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
7444 }
7445 
7446 /*
7447 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
7448 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
7449 */
7450 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
7451   const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
7452   if( pPager->noLock ) return 0;
7453   return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
7454 }
7455 
7456 /*
7457 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
7458 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
7459 */
7460 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
7461   int rc;                         /* Return code */
7462 
7463   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7464   rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
7465   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7466     /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
7467     ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead.  */
7468     pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7469   }
7470 
7471   return rc;
7472 }
7473 
7474 /*
7475 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
7476 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
7477 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
7478 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
7479 */
7480 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
7481   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7482 
7483   assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
7484   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7485 
7486   /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
7487   ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
7488   ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
7489   ** file, to make sure this is safe.
7490   */
7491   if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
7492     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7493   }
7494 
7495   /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
7496   ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
7497   */
7498   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7499     rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
7500         pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
7501         pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
7502     );
7503   }
7504   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7505 
7506   return rc;
7507 }
7508 
7509 
7510 /*
7511 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
7512 ** this function.
7513 **
7514 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
7515 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
7516 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
7517 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
7518 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
7519 ** not modified in either case.
7520 **
7521 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
7522 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
7523 ** without doing anything.
7524 */
7525 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
7526   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
7527   int *pbOpen                     /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
7528 ){
7529   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
7530 
7531   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7532   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN   || pbOpen );
7533   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
7534   assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
7535   assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
7536 
7537   if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
7538     if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
7539 
7540     /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
7541     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7542 
7543     rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7544     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7545       pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
7546       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
7547     }
7548   }else{
7549     *pbOpen = 1;
7550   }
7551 
7552   return rc;
7553 }
7554 
7555 /*
7556 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
7557 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
7558 **
7559 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
7560 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
7561 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
7562 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
7563 */
7564 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
7565   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7566 
7567   assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7568 
7569   /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
7570   ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
7571   ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
7572   */
7573   if( !pPager->pWal ){
7574     int logexists = 0;
7575     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7576     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7577       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
7578           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
7579       );
7580     }
7581     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
7582       rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7583     }
7584   }
7585 
7586   /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
7587   ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
7588   */
7589   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
7590     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7591     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7592       rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags,
7593                            pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
7594       pPager->pWal = 0;
7595       pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7596       if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7597     }
7598   }
7599   return rc;
7600 }
7601 
7602 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
7603 /*
7604 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot
7605 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error.
7606 */
7607 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){
7608   int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7609   if( pPager->pWal ){
7610     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot);
7611   }
7612   return rc;
7613 }
7614 
7615 /*
7616 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a
7617 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it
7618 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error.
7619 */
7620 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){
7621   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7622   if( pPager->pWal ){
7623     sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
7624   }else{
7625     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7626   }
7627   return rc;
7628 }
7629 
7630 /*
7631 ** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this
7632 ** is not a WAL database, return an error.
7633 */
7634 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){
7635   int rc;
7636   if( pPager->pWal ){
7637     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(pPager->pWal);
7638   }else{
7639     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7640   }
7641   return rc;
7642 }
7643 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */
7644 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
7645 
7646 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
7647 /*
7648 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
7649 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
7650 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
7651 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
7652 ** is empty, return 0.
7653 */
7654 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
7655   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
7656   return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
7657 }
7658 #endif
7659 
7660 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
7661